ABB Motor Protection and Control 2016
ABB Motor Protection and Control 2016
The currents given below concern standard three-phase four-pole cage motors (1800 r.p.m. at 60 Hz 1500 r.p.m. at 50 Hz).
These values are given for guidance and may vary according to the motor manufacturer and depending on the number of poles.
UL / CSA Motor nominal current: standardized values IEC Motor nominal current: standardized values in blue colour
(according to IEC 60947-4-1 Annex G and UL 508 CSA C22.2 No.14) (according to IEC 60947-4-1 Annex G)
Motor Motor
power 120 V 240 V 208 V 220-240 V 380-415 V 440-480 V 550-600 V power 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V
1-ph 1-ph 3-ph 3-ph 3-ph 3-ph 3-ph
hp A A A A A A A kW A A A A A A A A A A
1/10 3 1.5 0.06 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.21 0.2 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.12
1/8 3.8 1.9 0.09 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.32 0.3 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.18 0.17
1/6 4.4 2.2 0.12 0.73 0.7 0.67 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.32 0.24 0.23
1/4 5.8 2.9 0.18 1 1 1 0.63 0.6 0.58 0.53 0.48 0.37 0.35
1/3 7.2 3.6 0.25 1.6 1.5 1.4 0.9 0.85 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.51 0.49
1/2 9.8 4.9 2.4 2.2 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.37 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.2 1.1 1.1 1 0.88 0.67 0.64
3/4 13.8 6.9 3.5 3.2 1.8 1.6 1.3 0.55 2.7 2.6 2.5 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 0.91 0.87
1 16 8 4.6 4.2 2.3 2.1 1.7 0.75 3.5 3.3 3.2 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.15 1.1
1-1/2 20 10 6.6 6 3.3 3 2.4 1.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.2 1.7 1.6
2 24 12 7.5 6.8 4.3 3.4 2.7 1.5 6.6 6.3 6 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.2 2.1
3 34 17 10.6 9.6 6.1 4.8 3.9 2.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.9 2.9 2.8
5 56 28 16.7 15.2 9.7 7.6 6.1 3 11.8 11.3 10.8 6.8 6.5 6.3 5.7 5.2 4 3.8
7-1/2 80 40 24.2 22 14 11 9 4 15.7 15 14.4 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.4 6.8 5.1 4.9
10 100 50 30.8 28 18 14 11 5.5 20.9 20 19.2 12.1 11.5 11.1 10.1 9.2 7 6.7
15 135 68 46.2 42 27 21 17 7.5 28.2 27 25.9 16.3 15.5 14.9 13.6 12.4 9.3 8.9
20 88 59.4 54 34 27 22 11 39.7 38 36.4 23.2 22 21.2 19.3 17.6 13.4 12.8
25 110 74.8 68 44 34 27 15 53.3 51 48.9 30.5 29 28 25.4 23 17.8 17
30 136 88 80 51 40 32 18.5 63.8 61 58.5 36.8 35 33.7 30.7 28 22 21
40 176 114 104 66 52 41 22 75.3 72 69 43.2 41 39.5 35.9 33 25.1 24
50 216 143 130 83 65 52 30 100 96 92 57.9 55 53 48.2 44 33.5 32
60 169 154 103 77 62 37 120 115 110 69 66 64 58 53 40.8 39
75 211 192 128 96 77 45 146 140 134 84 80 77 70 64 49.1 47
100 273 248 165 124 99 55 177 169 162 102 97 93 85 78 59.6 57
125 343 312 208 156 125 75 240 230 220 139 132 127 116 106 81 77
150 396 360 240 180 144 90 291 278 266 168 160 154 140 128 97 93
200 528 480 320 240 192 110 355 340 326 205 195 188 171 156 118 113
250 604 403 302 242 132 418 400 383 242 230 222 202 184 140 134
300 722 482 361 289 160 509 487 467 295 280 270 245 224 169 162
350 828 560 414 336 200 637 609 584 368 350 337 307 280 212 203
400 954 636 477 382 250 782 748 717 453 430 414 377 344 261 250
450 1030 515 412 315 983 940 901 568 540 520 473 432 327 313
500 1180 786 590 472 355 1109 1061 1017 642 610 588 535 488 370 354
400 1255 1200 1150 726 690 665 605 552 418 400
500 1545 1478 1416 895 850 819 745 680 515 493
560 1727 1652 1583 1000 950 916 832 760 576 551
630 1928 1844 1767 1116 1060 1022 929 848 643 615
710 2164 2070 1984 1253 1190 1147 1043 952 721 690
800 2446 2340 2243 1417 1346 1297 1179 1076 815 780
900 2760 2640 2530 1598 1518 1463 1330 1214 920 880
1000 3042 2910 2789 1761 1673 1613 1466 1339 1014 970
Motor protection and control
Contactors and overload relays
1
Overview
2
Manual motor starters
3
AF contactors
4
NF contactor relays
5
Contactor accessories
6
Overload relays
7
Certifications and approvals General technical data
8
Index
9
Marketing material
ABB | 1/1
ABB sets a new standard in motor
control and power switching
1
1/2 | ABB
1
HVAC, General Machinery, Rail, Critical Power, Wind, Solar, Marine and Water & Wastewater
1/4 | ABB
AF technology
Benefits
1
Reliable in all networks Four coils for the entire voltage range
The electronic system within the AF contactor rectifies the The AF contactor features both AC and DC support. With the
AC or DC control circuit voltage to a DC control voltage that complete AF contactor range, functionality is improved. Still,
is applied on the coil. The contactor is safely operated in an the total number of product variants compared to a conven-
always optimized condition making it virtually noise free. tional range is reduced by 90%. Only four coils are required to
cover 24 V AC, 20 V DC - 500 V AC/DC.
Conventional coil
132V
+10% UC max
120V
Coil nominal voltage
110V
-15% uc min
93.5V
82V
44V
Built-in surge suppression
With conventional contactor technology it is recommended
Wide control voltage range to use an external surge suppressor, an accessory that could
With conventional contactor technology, different contactors cost as much as half the contactor itself. With the AF tech-
were needed for different network voltages. Thanks to the nology the surges are handled by the contactor itself and the
wide operating range of the AF contactor it can operate just surge never reaches the control circuit. Neither the surge sup-
as well in Europe as in Asia or North America. The core coil of pressor nor the actual surge has to be considered anymore.
the AF contactor range covers 100-250 V AC/DC 50/60 Hz. One less product and one less complication to worry about.
ABB | 1/5
Contactors and motor protection
Advanced but simple
1
Coil terminal access in the front More functionality without adding width
The AF contactor has its coil terminals accessible from the The AF116 ... AF2650 can take up to 2 side mounted auxiliary
front. The cables or bars do not have to be disconnected in contact blocks without adding to its width and are delivered
order to perform voltage measurement or servicing work. with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. as standard.
1/6 | ABB
Contactors and motor protection
Mechanical features
1
Front-mounted Top-mounted
Easy-to-use accessories
Contactors up to 96 A offer free choice of coil terminal access
and can take side and front mounted auxiliary contact blocks.
All the accessories: Coil connection terminals, mechanical and
electrical interlocks and electronic timers are easily connected Bottom-mounted Additional LDC4
through the snap-to-connect function. coil terminal block
ABB | 1/7
3-pole contactors, for motor control and power switching
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.), CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CAL4-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.) CAL19-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Electronic TEF4-ON, TEF4-OFF
Interlocking units Mechanical VM4 VM96-4 VM19
(for same size contactors)
Mechanical / Electrical VEM4
Connection sets For reversing contactors BER16-4 BER38-4 BER65-4 BER96-4 BER140-4
Surge suppressors Built-in surge protection
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10 TF42 (0.1038 A) TF65 (22...67 A) TF96 (40...96 TF140 (66...142 A)
(Class 10A for TF140, TA200DU) A)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E EF19 (0.1019 A) EF19 (0.1019 A) EF65 (20...70 A) EF96 EF146 (54...150 A)
EF45 (945 A) (36...100 A)
1/8 | ABB
1
250 300 350 400 520 550 650 750 900 1210 1350 1650 2100 2700
5 6 7 8
AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
50 60 75 100 125 125 150 200 250
60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 400 450
125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 800 900
150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 1000 1150
TA200DU (66...200 A)
EF205 (63...210 A) EF370 (115...380 A) EF460 (150500 A) EF750 (250800 A) E1250DU (3751250 A)
ABB | 1/9
4-pole contactors Contactors
4-pole
UL/CSA Pilot duty 600 V A 600, Q 600
2 2 3 1 4 0
1/10 | ABB
1
AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
8-pole
4 4 5 3 6 2 7 1 8 0
ABB | 1/11
2
2 | ABB
2/0 | ABB
Manual motor starters
Overview
2
Benefits 2/2
Features 2/3
Overview
2/4
ABB | 2/1
Manual motor starters
Benefits
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main Comprehensive accessory range
circuit. They combine motor control and protection in a single Manual motor starters can be equipped with busbars, auxiliary
device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF contacts, signalling contacts, undervoltage releases and shunt trips.
and protect them and the installation fuse-less against short- Moreover it is possible to order UL/CSA Type 12 door mounting kits,
circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse-less protection with a
2 UL/CSA Type 12 enclosures and shafts for doors.
manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick
reaction under short-circuit condition, by switching off the motor MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165 and MS132-T share almost
within milliseconds. the same accessory range. Customers can optimize administration
costs and inventory costs through reduced number of order codes by
Safe, compact, and cost-saving solution benefiting from a compatible range
Various motor protection functions in one device of accessories.
Overload
Short-circuit
Phase loss sensitivity
Efficient planning and installation perfectly matching the
ABB contactor family, leads to high flexibility and increased
exchangeability. Simple connecting links ensure the electrical and
mechanical connection.
Products range for different applications available
2/2 | ABB
Manual motor starters
Features
Features Magnetic trip indication for several types available (MS132,
Manual control MS165, and MS132-T)
Disconnect function One product family in 45 mm width (MS116, MS132,
Handle can be locked in the off position MO132, and MS132-T)
2
Remote control via undervoltage release or shunt trip Variants from 0.1 up to 100 A available
Trip indication Short-circuit breaking capacity up to 65 kA
Temperature compensation
Adjustable current setting
1
1
2
2-1
3
4 2 4
5
6 3
ABB | 2/3
Manual motor starters
Overview
2/4 | ABB
MO132 MO165 MO5100 MS132-T
- - - Yes 2
Yes Yes Yes -
- - - Yes
ON/OFF/TRIP ON/OFF/TRIP ON/OFF/TRIP ON/OFF/TRIP
- - - Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
45 mm 55 mm 76.2 mm 45 mm
0.16 ... 32 A 16 ... 65 A 70 ... 100 A 0.16 ... 32 A
- - - 0.1 ... 25 A
-25 ... +60 C -25 ... +60 C -25 ... +70 C -25 ... +60 C 1)
MO132-0.16 47 kA MS132-0.16T 47 kA
MO132-0.25 47 kA MS132-0.25T 47 kA
MO132-0.4 47 kA MS132-0.4T 47 kA
MO132-0.63 47 kA MS132-0.63T 47 kA
MO132-1.0 47 kA MS132-1.0T 47 kA
MO132-1.6 47 kA MS132-1.6T 47 kA
MO132-2.5 47 kA MS132-2.5T 47 kA
MO132-4.0 47 kA MS132-4.0T 47 kA
MO132-6.3 18 kA MS132-6.3T 18 kA
MO132-10 18 kA MS132-10T 18 kA
MO132-12 18 kA MS132-12T 18 kA
MO132-16 18 kA MO165-16 30 kA MS132-16T 18 kA
MO165-20 30 kA
MO132-20 18 kA MS132-20T 18 kA
ABB | 2/5
MS116 manual motor starters
0.10 to 32 A with thermal and electromagnetic protection
Description
MS116 is a compact and economic range for motor protection up to 25 HP (600 V) / 32 A in width of 45mm. Further
features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle
with a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications.
2 Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks and locking devices
for protection against unauthorized changes are available as accessory. These are suitable throughout the MS116/
2CDC241010F0011
MS132/MS165-range.
Ordering details
MS116-16
Rated operational power Setting Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
range breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
capacity ICS at current setting li
600 V AC
240 V 480 V 600 V
HP HP HP A kA A kg
0.10 ... 0.16 5 2.00 MS116-0.16 0.23
0.16 ... 0.25 5 3.10 MS116-0.25 0.23
2CDC241001F0011
Note: Manual motor starters should always be selected so that the actual motor current is within the setting range.
1.7 0.07"
1.38"
2.95"
1.77"
3.54"
3.85"
1.77"
2.95"
35 1.38"
2.3"
2.3"
45
35
75
90
27.5 1.1"
57.8
97.8
45
75
27.5 1.1"
57.8
2CDC242002F0010
2CDC242001F0011
14 0.55" 14 0.55"
45 1.77" 14 0.55" 14 0.55"
45 1.77"
MS116 16 A & MS116-HKF1-11 16 A MS116 20 A & MS116-HKF1-11 20 A
2/6 | ABB
MS132 manual motor starters
0.10 to 32 A with thermal and electromagnetic protection
Description
MS132 is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to 25 HP (600 V) / 32 A in width of 45 mm. This
type has also a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the event of short-circuit tripping. Further
features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with
a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The 2
handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, undervoltage relea-
ses, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks are available as accessory. These are suitable throughout the MS116/MS132/
1SBC101232F0010
MS165-range.
Ordering details
MS132-10
Rated operational power Setting Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
range breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
capacity ICS at current setting li
600 V AC
240 V 480 V 600 V
HP HP HP A kA A kg
0.10 0.16 47 2.00 MS132-0.16 0.22
0.16 0.25 47 3.10 MS132-0.25 0.22
0.25 0.40 47 5.00 MS132-0.4 0.22
2CDC241001F0011
Note: Manual motor starters should always be selected so that the actual motor current is within the setting range.
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
2CDC242015F0009
2CDC242016F0009
45 1.77" 45 1.77"
MS132 10 A MS132 12 A
ABB | 2/7
MS165 manual motor starters
10 to 65 A with thermal and electromagnetic protection
Description
MS165 is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to 60 HP (600 V) / 65 A in width of 55 mm. This
type has also a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the event of short-circuit tripping. Further
features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with
2 a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The
handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, undervoltage relea-
ses, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks are available as accessory. These are suitable throughout the MS116/MS132/
MS165-range.
2CDC241004V0015
Ordering details
Rated operational power Setting Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
MS165-65
range breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
capacity I current setting li
at 600 V AC
240 V 480 V 600 V
HP HP HP A kA A kg
5 10 10 10 ... 16 30 240 MS165-16 0.95
5 10 15 14 ... 20 30 300 MS165-20 0.95
7.5 15 20 18 ... 25 30 375 MS165-25 0.96
10 20 30 23 ... 32 30 480 MS165-32 0.97
15 30 40 30 ... 42 30 630 MS165-42 0.97
20 40 50 40 ... 54 30 810 MS165-54 0.97
20 50 60 52 ... 65 30 975 MS165-65 0.98
Note: Manual motor starters should always be selected so that the actual motor current is within the setting rang
142.65 5.62"
44.9 1.77"
106 4.17"
35 1.38"
76.35 3.01"
2CDC242001F0014
MS165
2/8 | ABB
MO132 manual motor starters magnetic only
0.16 to 32 A with electromagnetic protection
Description
Manual motor starters magnetic only are electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit. They are used
mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them fuse-less against short-circuit.
Fuse-less protection with a manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit
condition, by switching off the motor within milliseconds. Fuse-less starter combinations are setup together with con-
2
tactors and overload relays.
2CDC241009F0011
Ordering details
MO132-6.3 Rated operational power Rated Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
operational breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
current capacity I at current setting li
600 V AC
240 V 480 V 600 V
HP HP HP A kA A kg
0.16 47 2.00 MO132-0.16 0.22
0.25 47 3.10 MO132-0.25 0.22
2CDC241008F0011
1) For overload protection of motors, an appropriate thermal or electronic overload relay must be used
72.2 2.84"
81.25 3.2"
1.5 0.06" 5.5 0.22" 43.3 0.22"
72.4 2.85"
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
2CDC242005F0011
2CDC242006F0011
45 1.77" 45 1.77"
MO132 10 A MO132 12 A
ABB | 2/9
MO165 manual motor starters magnetic only
16 to 65 A with electromagnetic protection
Description
Manual motor starters magnetic only are electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit. They are used
mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them fuse-less against short-circuit. Fuse-less protection with
a manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by switching off
2 the motor within milliseconds. Fuse-less starter combinations are setup together with contactors and overload relays.
2CDC241005V0015
Ordering details
Rated operational power Rated Short-circuit Rated instan- Order code Weight
MO165-65 operational breaking capacity I taneous short- (1 pc)
current at 600 V AC circuit current
setting li
240 V 480 V 600 V
HP HP HP A kA A kg
5 10 10 16 30 240 MO165-16 0.95
5 10 15 20 30 300 MO165-20 0.95
7.5 15 20 25 30 375 MO165-25 0.96
10 20 30 32 30 480 MO165-32 0.97
15 30 40 42 30 630 MO165-42 0.97
20 40 50 54 30 810 MO165-54 0.97
20 50 60 65 30 975 MO165-65 0.98
142.65 5.62"
44.9 1.77"
106 4.17"
35 1.38"
76.35 3.01"
2CDC242002F0014
M0165
2/10 | ABB
MS132-T circuit breakers for transformer protection
0.10 to 25 A with thermal and electromagnetic protection
Description
Circuit breakers for transformer protection are electro mechanical protection devices specially designed to protect con-
trol transformers on the primary side. They allow fuse-less protection against overload and short-circuit, saving space
and cost and ensuring a quick reaction under short-circuit condition by switching off the transformer within millise-
conds. The short-circuit current setting is fixed to 20 times the operating current to handle the high inrush current ge- 2
nerated by transformers. The device allows manual connection and disconnection of the transformer from the mains.
2CDC241001F0014
MS132-T is a 45 mm (width) compact and powerful range for transformer protection up to 25 KW (600 V) / 25 A. This
type has also a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the event of short-circuit tripping. Further
features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with
a clear switch position indication. The handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts,
MS132-10T
signaling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks are available as accessory. These are
suitable throughout the MS116/MS132/MS165-range. Moreover ABB offers special accessories for fast single-phase
setup.
Ordering details
2CDC241002F0014
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
2CDC242015F0009
2CDC242016F0009
45 1.77" 45 1.77"
MS132T 10 A MS132T 12 A
ABB | 2/11
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
2 HK1
SK1 HK1
MS116
MO132
HK1
MO165
HKF1
AA1
2CDC242001F0015
UA1
Manual motor starters with accessories (MS132, MS165) and circuit breaker for transformer protection (MS132-T)
HK1
SK1
HK1
MS132 HK1
MS132-T SK1
CK1 HK1
CK1
MS165
HKF1
AA1
2CDC242002F0015
UA1
2/12 | ABB
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Description
MMS and MS132-T can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signaling contacts for lateral
mounting, undervoltage releases and shunt trips. Two different signaling contacts are available. The accessories can
1SBC101208F0014 be fitted wiring free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the application. The auxiliary
contacts change position with the main contacts. The signaling contact SK signals tripping regardless if it was caused 2
by short-circuit or overload. The signaling contact CK signals tripping in case it was caused by short-circuit. Undervol-
tage releases are used for remote tripping of the manual motor starters especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt
HKF1-11 trips release the MMS used for remote tripping. These main accessories are suitable throughout the MS116/MS132/
MS165-range.
Ordering details
Suitable for Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pc)
N.O. N.C.
1SBC101209F0014
pcs kg
Auxiliary contacts mountable on the front
MS116, MS132, 1 1 MS132-HKF1-11 10 0.02
HK1-11
MS165 MO132, 1 0 MS132-HKF1-10 10 0.01
MO165 MS132-T
0 1 MS132-HKF1-01 10 0.02
2 0 MS132-HKF1-20 10 0.02
Auxiliary contacts mountable on the right
MS116, MS132, 1 1 max. 2 pieces MS132-HK1-11 2 0.04
MS165 MO132, 2 0 max. 2 pieces MS132-HK1-20 2 0.04
MO165 MS132-T
0 2 max. 2 pieces MS132-HK1-02 2 0.04
1SBC101210F0014
CK1-11
3.54"
42.1 1.66"
90
2CDC242001F0012
HK1
ABB | 2/13
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Ordering details
Suitable for Rated control supply voltage Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pc)
2 50 Hz 60 Hz
V AC V AC pcs kg
Shunt trips mountable on the left
1SBC101211F0014
37 1.46"
90
45
2CDC242002F0012
70 2.76"
AA1, UA1
2/14 | ABB
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Manual motor starter with three-phase busbar systems (MS116, MS132, MO132)
S1-M2-25
S1-M3-35
2
PS1-..-65 PS1-..-100
S1-M1-25
BS1-3
PS1-..-65
2CDC242020F0013
2CDC242021F0013
SA1
PS2-4-0-125
PS2-2-0-125
PS2-4-0-125
BS2-3
2CDC242005F0015
2CDC242006F0015
ABB | 2/15
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, MS132-T
Description
2CDC241017F0010
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution. Avariety of
different three-phase busbars up to 92A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual motor starters with none, one
or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase feeder terminals are available according to the
2 application.
PS1-2-0-65 Phase connecting links and phase power infeed blocks are also available for single-phase applications.
2CDC241014F0010
Ordering details
Suitable for Rated opera- Number of Number of lateral Order code Pkg Weight
tional current MMS aux. qty (1 pc)
A pcs kg
PS1-3-1-100
Three-phase busbars
MS116, MS132, 65 2 0 MS132-PS1-2-0-65 10 0.03
MO132 65 3 0 MS132-PS1-3-0-65 10 0.06
65 4 0 MS132-PS1-4-0-65 10 0.08
1SBC101226F0014
65 5 0 MS132-PS1-5-0-65 10 0.10
65 2 1 MS132-PS1-2-1-65 10 0.04
65 3 1 MS132-PS1-3-1-65 10 0.06
S1-M1-25 65 4 1 MS132-PS1-4-1-65 10 0.09
65 5 1 MS132-PS1-5-1-65 10 0.11
65 2 2 MS132-PS1-2-2-65 10 0.04
65 3 2 MS132-PS1-3-2-65 10 0.07
1SBC101266F0014
65 4 2 MS132-PS1-4-2-65 10 0.10
65 5 2 MS132-PS1-5-2-65 10 0.12
MS116, MS132, 92 3 0 MS132-PS1-3-0-100 10 0.08
MO132 92 4 0 MS132-PS1-4-0-100 10 0.12
S1-M2-25
92 5 0 MS132-PS1-5-0-100 10 0.15
92 3 1 MS132-PS1-3-1-100 10 0.09
92 4 1 MS132-PS1-4-1-100 10 0.13
92 5 1 MS132-PS1-5-1-100 10 0.17
2CDC241023F0013
92 3 2 MS132-PS1-3-2-100 10 0.11
SA2
Suitable for Rated opera- Rated cross Mounting form Order code Pkg Weight
tional current section qty (1 pc)
A mm pcs kg
Three-phase feeder terminals
MS116, MS132, 63 25 Flat MS132-S1-M1-25 10 0.04
MO132 63 25 High MS132-S1-M2-25 10 0.05
SK0108B91
pcs kg
MS116, MS132, Protection cover for busbars MS132-BS1-3 50 0.01
MO132
PB1-1-32 MS116, MS132, Screw fixing kit MS132-FS116 1 0.02
MO132, MS132-T Padlock + two keys MS132-SA2 10 0.02
MS116 Lock handle MS116-SA1 10 0.01
Lock handle box SA1/SA2 MS116-SA3 10 0.05
Accessories for single-phase connection (IEC only)
2CDC241005S0014
2/16 | ABB
Main accessories
MS165, MO165
Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution. A variety of diffe-
rent three-phase busbars up to 125A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual motor starters with none, one or
2CDC241002V0015
KA165 pcs kg
MS165, MO165 Terminal shroud KA165 10 0.03
Protection cover for busbars BS2-3 50 0.01
Padlock + two keys MS132-SA2 10 0.02
BS2-3
2CDC241023F0013
SA2
ABB | 2/17
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132
Description
IB132 are UL/CSA Type 12 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signaling con-
tacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed specifica-
tion see installation instruction.
2
DMS132 are UL/CSA Type 12 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of auxi-
liary, signaling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed
2CDC241004F0010
DMS132-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS132-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF 0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
116.15 4.57"
IB132 DMS132
2/18 | ABB
MS5100 manual motor starters
40 to 100 A with thermal and electromagnetic protection
Description
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main circuit. They combine motor control and pro-
tection in a single device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them and the
installation fuse-less against short-circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse-less protection with a manual motor
starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by switching off the motor 2
within milliseconds.
MS5100-100 no mirror
Ordering details
MS5100-100 Rated operational Setting range Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
power breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
600 V capacity I at current setting li
600 V AC
HP A kA A kg
MS5100 manual motor starters
75 40 ... 100 600 ... 1300 MS5100-100 1.20
4
1
2.56
65
0.04
0.94
24
1
0.63
16
5.12
0.04
130
1.61
41
2.87
73
1
0.04
1.1Nm
1SDC21034HF0001
45
1
1.77
0,04
84
3.31
1 2
3 116 0.08
90 (3P) 0.12 4.56
3.54
MS5100
ABB | 2/19
MO5100 manual motor starters magnetic only
70 to 100 A with electromagnetic protection
Description
The manual motor starter magnetic only is used to manually switch on and off motors and to protect them reliably and
without the need for a fuse from short-circuits.
2
MO5100-100 no mirror
Ordering details
Rated Rated Short-circuit Rated instantane- Order code Weight
operational power operational breaking ous short-circuit (1 pc)
MO5100-100 600 V current capacity I at current setting li
600 V AC
HP A kA A kg
MO5100 manual motor starter magnetic only
50 70 210 ... 770 MO5100-70 1.10
60 80 240 ... 880 MO5100-80 1.10
75 100 300 ... 1100 MO5100-100 1.10
1) For overload protection of motors, an appropriate thermal or electronic overload relay must be used
4
2.56
1
65
0.04
0.63
0.55
16
14
5.12
130
1.77
1.61
45
41
1
0.04
1
1.1Nm
0.04
1SDC21000HF0001
45
1.77
3 2
71 0.12 0.08
2.8
76.2 (3P) 1 101
3.0 0.04 3.97
1
MO5100
2/20 | ABB
Main accessories
MS5100, MO5100 manual motor starters
Description
Manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts, undervoltage release and shunt trips. Undervoltage
release are used for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips
XT AUX-Con cavi-01
AUX-C
Ordering details
Suitable Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
for contacts contacts qty (1 pc)
XT SOR-Con cavi-01
N.O. N.C.
pcs kg
Auxiliary contacts - mountable inside the breaker on the left slot (cabled version)
MS5100, Changeover AUX-C 1Q+1SY 250V AC KXTAAXCQSYFP 2 0.06
SOR-C MO5100 Changeover AUX-C 2Q+1SY 250V AC KXTAAXC2QSYFP 3 0.09
MS5100 Changeover AUX-C 2Q+2SY+1SA 250V AC KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51FP 5 0.15
Changeover AUX-C 3Q+1SY 250V AC KXTDAXC3QSYFP 4 0.12
Changeover AUX-C 3Q+2SY 250V AC KXTCAXC3Q2SYFP 5 0.15
1SDC210C86F0001
ABB | 2/21
General accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, MS165, MO165, MS5100, MO5100
Description
With this solution of door coupling rotary mechanism it is possible to operate a manual motor starter in the back of a
switch cabinet from outside. The door coupling mechanism prevents opening of the door of a switch cabinet with the
2 manual motor starter in ON position.
The complete mechanism includes handle, shaft, driver, shaft alignment ring and shaft supporter.
2CDC241003F0011
Most accessories fit for 6 mm shafts with a maximum length of 180 mm. The degree of protection for handles MSHD
is UL/CSA Type 1, 3R, 12.
MSHD-LB
Ordering details
Suitable for Description Shaft Color Order code Pkg Weight
length qty (1 pc)
mm pcs kg
Shafts
MS116, For MSHD handles. Shaft diameter 6mm. 85 OXS6X85 1 0.02
2CDC241002S0011
MS132, Shaft extension for door coupling driver. 105 OXS6X105 1 0.02
MO132, 130 OXS6X130 1 0.03
MS165,
MO165 180 OXS6X180 1 0.04
MSHD-LY UL/CSA Type 1, 3R, 12 handles
MS116, Padlockable max. 3padlocks with bail Black MSHD-LB1) 1 0.07
2CDC241004F0011
2/22 | ABB
General accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, MS165, MO165
MSMN
MSMNO
MSAH1
Not for MS165/MO165
OXS6X
MSH-AR
2CDC242022F0013
MSHD
ABB | 2/23
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
1) See product data sheets for UL/CSA single-phase motor and general use (AC-1) ratings.
2/24 | ABB
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
hp Horsepower
FLA Full Load Amps
LRA Locked Rotor Amps
Note: Manual motor starters should always be selected so that the actual motor current is within the setting range; see ordering detail pages. Horsepower (hp) ratings are for reference
only.
ABB | 2/25
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
hp Horsepower
FLA Full Load Amps
LRA Locked Rotor Amps
2/26 | ABB
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
1)
NEC: NFPA70 National Electrical Code; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
2)
Suitable as motor disconnect only when provide with padlock adaptor SA1 or SA3.
1)
NEC: NFPA70 National Electrical Code; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
2)
Requires the use of S1-M3-xx line-side terminal feeder block.
ABB | 2/27
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
1)
Requires the use of S1-M3-xx line-side terminal feeder block.
1)
NEC: NFPA70 National Electrical Code; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
2/28 | ABB
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
1)
NEC: NFPA70 National Electrical Code; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
A A kA kA kA kA kA kA
MO165-16 Any Listed fuses. Any Listed 65 30 65 30 65 30
MO165-20 Size per NEC/ UL489 / CSA 65 30 65 30 65 30
CEC C22.2 No.5
MO165-25 circuit breaker. 65 30 65 30 65 30
MO165-32 Size per NEC/ 65 30 65 30 65 30
MO165-42 CEC 65 30 65 30 65 30
MO165-54 65 30 65 30 65 30
MO165-65 65 30 65 30 65 30
1)
NEC: NFPA70 National Electrical Code; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
ABB | 2/29
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS116 16 A MS116 20 A
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm 2.5 ... 6 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1 ... 6 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1 ... 6 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1 ... 6 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 12 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2 Pozidriv 2
Main circuit
Type MS132 10 A MS132 12 A
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm 1 ... 2.5 mm
2.5 ... 6 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1 ... 2.5 mm
2.5 ... 6 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 12 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2 Pozidriv 2
2/30 | ABB
Technical data
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS165 2
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 50 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-3
Stripping length 16 mm
Tightening torque 4.0 Nm / 35 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
Main circuit
Type MO132 10 A MO132 12 A
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm 1 ... 2.5 mm
2.5 ... 6 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1 ... 2.5 mm
2.5 ... 6 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 12 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2 Pozidriv 2
Main circuit
Type MO165
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 50 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-3
Stripping length 16 mm
Tightening torque 4.0 Nm / 35 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
Main circuit
Type MS132-T 10 A MS132-T 12 A
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm 1/2 x 1 ... 2.5 mm
1/2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1/2 x 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1/2 x 0.75 ... 6 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 1/2 x 1 ... 2.5 mm
1/2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 12 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2 Pozidriv 2
ABB | 2/31
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Connecting characteristics
Auxiliary circuit
Type HK1, SK1, CK1 HKF1
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 1.5 mm 1 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-14
Stripping length 8 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
2/32 | ABB
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
Connecting characteristics
Auxiliary circuit
Type UA1 AA1
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
ABB | 2/33
Main accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type S1-Mx-25 S1-Mx-35
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 6 ... 25 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1x 6 ... 16 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 6 ... 16 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Flexible 1x 6 ... 16 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-4 AWG 8-2
Stripping length 10 mm 12 mm
Tightening torque 2.5 Nm / 22 Ib.in 4.5 Nm / 40 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2 Hexagon SW4
2/34 | ABB
Technical data
MS5100, MO5100 manual motor starters
ABB | 2/35
Technical data
MS5100, MO5100 manual motor starters
2/36 | ABB
2
ABB | 2/37
3
2 | ABB
3/0 | ABB
AF contactors
AF 3-pole contactors
Contents 3/3
Ordering details 3-pole contactors 3/4
Technical data 3-pole contactors 3/26
Terminal marking and positioning 3/52
Main dimensions 3/55
3
AF 4-pole contactors
Contents 3/89
Ordering details 4-pole contactors 3/90
Technical data 4-pole contactors 3/100
Terminal marking and positioning 3/112
Main dimensions 3/114
ABB | 3/1
3
3/2 | ABB
AF 3-pole contactors
Ordering details
7.5 to 75 hp
AF09 AF38 AC / DC operated 3/4
AF09R AF38R AC / DC operated 3/5
AF09Z AF38Z AC / DC operated - low consumption 3/6
AF09ZR AF38ZR AC / DC operated 3/7
3
AF40 ... AF96 AC / DC operated 3/8
AF40R AF96R AC / DC operated 3/9
Main accessories 3/10
100 to 350 hp
AF116 ... AF140 AC / DC operated 3/12
AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated 3/14
AF116R ... AF140R AC / DC operated 3/16
AF190R ... AF370R AC / DC operated 3/17
Main accessories 3/18
400 to 1000 hp
AF400 ... AF750 AC / DC operated 3/20
AF400R ... AF750R AC / DC operated 3/21
AF1250 ... AF2650 AC / DC operated 3/22
Nema size AF09N00 ... AF1650N8 3/23
Main accessories 3/24
ABB | 3/3
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
7.5 to 30HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF09 ... AF38 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to 600VAC
and 250VDC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500V 50/60Hz and
20...500VDC
1SBC101011V0014
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose Uc min. Uc max. fitted Pkg
rating 1- phase 3 - phase (1 pce)
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
3.15"
70 2.76"
80 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
60
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20" 10 0.39" 5 0.20"
AF09, AF12, AF16 AF26, AF30, AF38
3/4 | ABB
AF09R ... AF38R 3-pole reversing contactors
7.5 to 30HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF09R ... AF38R reversing contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
to 600VAC and 250VDC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500V 50/60Hz and
20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations 3
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening.
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose Uc min. Uc max. fitted Pkg
rating per (1 pce)
1- phase 3 - phase
contactor
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
ABB | 3/5
AF09 ... AF38Z 3-pole contactors
7.5 to 30 HP
AC / DC operated - low consumption
Description
AF09Z ... AF38Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors up to 600VAC and 250VDC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g.
100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250V 50/60Hz and 12...250VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- allow direct control by PLC-output 24 V DC 500 mA
3 -- reduced panel energy consumption
1SBC101011V0014
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-21 0.31
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-22 0.31
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-22 0.31
AF26Z-30-00 100...250 100...250 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-23 0.31
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-23 0.31
28 1 2 3 7.5 10 - 12...20 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-20 0.31
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-21 0.31
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-22 0.31
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-23 0.31
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-23 0.31
30 1.5 3 5 10 15 - 12...20 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-20 0.31
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-21 0.31
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-22 0.31
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-23 0.31
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-23 0.31
45 2 3 7.5 15 20 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-20 0.35
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-21 0.35
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-22 0.35
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-23 0.35
50 2 5 10 20 25 - 12...20 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-20 0.35
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-21 0.35
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-22 0.35
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-23 0.35
50 2 5 10 25 30 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-20 0.35
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-21 0.35
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-22 0.35
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-23 0.35
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20VDC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
3/6 | ABB
AF09ZR ... AF38ZR 3-pole reversing contactors
7.5 to 30 HP
AC / DC operated - low consumption
Description
AF09ZR ... AF38ZR reversing contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
600VAC and 250VDC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g.
100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250V 50/60Hz and 12...250VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- allow direct control by PLC-output 24 V DC 500 mA
-- reduced panel energy consumption 3
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose Uc min. Uc max. fitted per Pkg
rating contactor (1 pce)
1- phase 3 - phase
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
ABB | 3/7
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
40to75HP
AC/DC operated
Description
AF40... AF96 contactors are mainly used for controlling3-phase motors and power circuits up to600VAC
and250VDC. These contactors are of the block type design with3main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g.100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering24...500V50/60Hz and
3 20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
1SBC101014V0014
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 10 0.39" 10 0.39"
3/8 | ABB
AF40R... AF96R 3-pole reversing contactors
40to75HP
AC/DC operated
Description
AF40R... AF96R reversingcontactors are mainly used for controlling3-phase motors to600VAC
and250VDC. These contactors are of the block type design with3main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g.100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering24...500V50/60Hz and
20...500VDC 3
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening.
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
ABB | 3/9
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
Contactor and main accessories (other accessories available)
AF09 ... AF65 VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set including:
VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips
VE4 electrical interlock block with A2-A2 connection
AF contactor
(without top mounted
coil terminal block)
TEF4
VM Electronic timer A2
BX4-CA A2
Protective cover
BX4-CA
CA4 Protective cover AF09 ... AF38
4-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary CA4, CC4
contact block CA4, CC4
BX4 1-pole auxiliary
1-pole auxiliary
Protective cover contact block
contact block
TF
EF
Overload relay
VE4
CAL4-11 Interlock
2-pole auxiliary
contact block CA4, CC4
1-pole auxiliary
contact block
TF42
EF
Overload relay
3/10 | ABB
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
Ordering details (1)
1SBC100001V0014
1SBC100007V0014
kg
CA4-10
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
AF09 ... AF96 1 0 CA4-10 1 0.014
0 1 CA4-01 1 0.014
CAL4-11
AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 2 2 CA4-22M 1 0.055
3
1SBC100006V0014
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
AF09 ... AF96 1 0 CC4-10 1 0.014
CA4-22E 0 1 CC4-01 1 0.014
1SBC100002V0014
VEM4 Note: - V
EM4 includes a VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips (BB4), a VE4 electrical interlock block. VE4 block must be used
with A2-A2 connection to respect the electrical connection diagram.
- VEM4 not suitable for AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC.
01 NC 01NC
For contactors Time delay Delay Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
range type contacts qty (1 pce)
selected by
switch
KM1 KM2 kg
A2 A2
VEM4 Electronic timers
AF09 ... AF96 0.1...1s ON-delay 1 1 TEF4-ON 1 0.065
1...10s
10...100s OFF-delay 1 1 TEF4-OFF 1 0.065
1SBC100004V0014
ABB | 3/11
AF116 ... AF140 3-pole contactors
100 to 125 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
600VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500V 50/60Hz and
3 20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101001V0001
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP circuit contacts
Purpose 3-phase voltage fitted Pkg
rating Uc min. ... Uc max. (1 pce)
200- 220- 440- 550-
A 208V 240V 480V 600V V 50/60Hz V DC kg
For connection with built-in cable clamps
160 30 40 75 100 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF116-30-11-11 1.75
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF116-30-11-12 1.75
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF116-30-11-13 1.75
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF116-30-11-14 1.75
200 40 50 100 125 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF140-30-11-11 1.75
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF140-30-11-12 1.75
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF140-30-11-13 1.75
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF140-30-11-14 1.75
D
55.5 0.22"
D D D
19.5 4.96"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
3/12 | ABB
AF116 ... AF140 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
100 to 125HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power
circuits up to 600VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control
voltage range (e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages be-
tween 100...500V 50/60Hz and 100...500VDC 3
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101083V0001
Ordering details
AF116 ... AF140 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 0.22"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
D D D D
55.5 2.18"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
30 1.18"
30 1.18"30 1.18"
ABB | 3/13
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
150 to 350 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
1000VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500V 50/60Hz and
3 20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101095V0001
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
3-phase
rating (1 pce)
200- 220- 440- 550-
V 50/60Hz V DC
A 208V 240V 480V 600V
250 50 60 125 150 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF190-30-11-11 3.00
1SFC101097V0001
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
3/14 | ABB
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
150 to 350 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power
circuits up to 1000VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control
voltage range (e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages be-
tween 100...500V 50/60Hz and 100...500VDC 3
-- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101165V0001
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
3-phase
rating (1 pce)
200- 220- 440- 550-
V 50/60Hz V DC
A 208V 240V 480V 600V
250 50 60 125 150 100...250 100...250 1 1 AF190-30-11-33 3.00
1SFC101133V0001
AF190 ... AF370 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
ABB | 3/15
AF116R ... AF140R 3-pole reversing contactors
100 to 125 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF116R ... AF140 reversing contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
to 600VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500V 50/60Hz and
3 20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP circuit contacts
Purpose 3-phase voltage fitted per Pkg
rating Uc min. ... Uc max. contactors (1 pce)
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
3/16 | ABB
AF190R ... AF370R 3-pole reversing contactors
150 to 350 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF190R ... AF370R reversing contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 1000VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500V 50/60Hz and
20...500VDC 3
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP circuit contacts
Purpose voltage fitted per Pkg
3-phase
rating Uc min. ... Uc max. contactor (1 pce)
225 8.86"
225 8.86"
ABB | 3/17
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
3 LW
Terminal
enlargement
VM
Mechanical
interlock
AF contactor
with bar connections
LT
CAL19-11B Terminal shroud
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
AF contactor
with built-in cable clamps
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
(1) Total number of auxiliary contact blocks for the two contactors. (2) Interlock type, according to the contactor ratings (see "Accessories").
3/18 | ABB
AF116...AF370 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
kg
1SFC101071V0001
Terminal shrouds
VM19 AF116 ... AF140, with compression lugs LT140-30L 2 0.07
AF190, AF205, with cable clamps LT205-30C 2 0.05
AF190, AF205, with compression lugs LT205-30L 2 0.22
AF190, AF205, with shorting bar or between contactor and OL LT205-30Y 1 0.05
AF265 ... AF370, with cable clamps LT370-30C 2 0.04
1SFC101041V0001
LT370-30C
For contactors Dimensions Order code Pkg Weight
hole bar qty (1 pce)
mm mm kg
Terminal enlargements
AF116...AF140 6.5 13 x 3 LW140 1 0.12
1SFC101049V0001
Terminal extension
LX140
AF116...AF140 6.5 13 x 3 LX140 1 0.07
AF190...AF205 8.5 17.5 x 5 LX205 1 0.18
AF265...AF370 10.5 20 x 5 LX370 1 0.23
ABB | 3/19
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
400 to 700 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF400 ... AF750 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
1000 V AC or 600 V DC (2). These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and
24...500 V DC
3 -- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101023V0001
AF400 ... AF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
186 7.32"
40 1.57" 22.5 0.89" 6.5 0.26" 12.5 0.49"
25 22.5 6.5 10.5 242 9.53"
0.45"
216 8.5"
11.5
283 11.14"
278 10.94"
E1626D1
E1627D1
E1633D
E1632D
63 2.48" 72 2.83"
3/20 | ABB
AF400R ... AF750R 3-pole reversing contactors
400 to 700 HP
AC / DC operated
Description
AF400R ... AF750R reversing contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 1000 V AC or 600 V DC (2). These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and
24...500 V DC
-- can manage large control voltage variations 3
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltages sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose 3-phase Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted per Pkg
rating contractor (1 pce)
AF400R ... AF750R are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
278 10.94"
273
283
E2041D
E2042D
63 2.48" 72
ABB | 3/21
AF1250 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
900 to 1000 HP and 1210 to 2700 A
AC / DC operated
Description
AF1250 ... AF2650 contactors are mainly used for controlling power circuits up to 600 V AC or 600 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
-- only 4 coils for AF1250 to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
3 -- only 1 coil for AF1350 ... AF2650 to cover control voltages between 100...250 V 50/60 Hz and 100...250
V DC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101027V0001
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General Motor Rating HP voltage contacts
Purpose 3-phase Uc fitted Pkg
rating (1) (1 pce)
AF1250 ... AF2650 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC
Control inputs
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 AF2650
A 392 mm / 15.43" 422 mm / 16.61"
B 47 mm / 1.85" 53.5 mm / 2.11"
C 10 mm / 0.39" 25 mm / 0.98"
D 3 mm / 0.12" -
242 9.53"
AF 1350, AF 1650 AF 2050, AF 2650
136 5.35" 136 5.35"
D
344 13.54"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
312 12.3"
A
1SFC101125F0001
1SFC101124F0001
46.5 8 0.31"
18.3" B C
80 136 5.35" 9 0.35"
1SFC101119F0001
3/22 | ABB
AF09N - AF1650N, AC/DC operated
NEMA rated, 3 pole
Description
AF09N00 ... AF1650N8 NEMA contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 600 VAC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
Coil voltages and codes Coil voltages and codes: AF460N ... AF1650N
AF09N ... AF265N Voltage Voltage Code
Voltage Voltage Code 50/60Hz V d.c.
V - 50Hz/60Hz V - d.c. 20 ... 60 6 8(1)
- 24 ... 60 1 1 48 ... 130 48 ... 130 6 9
48 ... 130 48 ... 130 1 2 100 ... 250 100 ... 250 7 0(2)
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 1 3 (1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil
250 ... 500 250 ... 500 1 4 terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and
A2 for the negative pole.
ABB | 3/23
AF400 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
Main accessories (other accessories available)
LW
Terminal
enlargement
3
LZ
Connector CAL18-11B
terminal 2-pole auxiliary
contact block
VM LT
Mechanical Terminal shroud
interlock
AF contactor
CAL18-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
(1) Total number of auxiliary contact blocks for the two contactors. (2) Interlock type, according to the contactor ratings (see "Accessories").
(3) The CEL18-.. auxiliary contact blocks can replace the CAL18-11 and CAL18-11B. Though, no auxiliary contact block can be mounted outside the CEL18-..
3/24 | ABB
AF400...AF2650 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
Ordering details (1)
kg
1SFC101082V0001
Terminal shrouds
1SFC101084V0001
Terminal enlargements
AF400, AF460 10.5 25 x 5 LW460 1 0.73
AF580, AF750 13 40 x 6 LW750 1 1.23
AF1250 13 50 x 10 LW1250 1 2.00
Terminal extension
AF400, AF460 10.5 25 x 5 LX460 1 0.50
AF580, AF750 13 40 x 6 LX750 1 0.85
(1) For more information, refer to "Accessories" section.
ABB | 3/25
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/26 | ABB
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to UL / NEMA / CSA
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Standards UL 60947-4-1, CSA C22.2 N60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 600 V
NEMA size 2 - - 3 -
NEMA continuous amp rating Thermal current 45 A - - 90 A -
NEMA maximum horse power ratings 3
1-phase, 60Hz 115V AC 3 hp - - - -
230V AC 7.5 hp - - - -
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
3-phase, 60Hz 200V AC 10 hp - - 25 hp -
230V AC 15 hp - - 30 hp -
460V AC 25 hp - - 50 hp -
575V AC 25 hp - - 50 hp -
UL / CSA general use rating
600V AC 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 3 AWG 2 AWG 2
1 pole 80 V DC 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
2 poles in serie 160 V DC 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
3 poles in serie 240 V DC 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 3 AWG 2 AWG 2
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120V AC 34 A 34 A 56 A 80 A 80 A
240V AC 40 A 50 A 68 A 68 A 88 A
Horse power rating 120V AC 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp
240V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 15 hp 20 hp
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208V AC 32.2 A 48.3 A 62.1 A 78.2 A 92 A
220-240V AC 42 A 54 A 68 A 80 A 80 A
440-480V AC 40 A 52 A 65 A 77 A 77 A
550-600V AC 41 A 52 A 62 A 77 A 77 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208V AC 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp
220-240V AC 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 30 hp
440-480V AC 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 60 hp
550-600V AC 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 75 hp
UL / CSA - DC motor starting - 3 poles in series
Full Load Amps (FLA) 125 V DC 40 A 58 A 76 A 76 A 110 A
250 V DC 38 A 55 A 72 A 89 A 106 A
Horse power rating 125 V DC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp
250 V DC 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
High fault current 100 kA
Fuse rating 150 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A
Fuse type, 600V J
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
For motor use 1200 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
ABB | 3/27
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/28 | ABB
AF400 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/29
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/30 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/31
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/32 | ABB
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/33
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/34 | ABB
AF400 AF2650 3-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/35
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
General technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility Devices complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with thermal overload relay -25...+60 C
3 Without thermal overload relay -40...+70 C
Storage -60...+80 C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1 Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
A 30 g
A A B1 B2 B1 25 g closed position / 5 g open position
B2 15 g
C2 C1 25 g
C2 25 g
Vibration withstand 5...300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 4 g closed position / 2 g open position
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
3/36 | ABB
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
General technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V 1000 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility Devices complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with thermal overload relay (1) 3
Without thermal overload relay -40...+70 C
Storage -60...+80 C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Maximum switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
(1) On request.
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
ABB | 3/37
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
General technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 1000 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility AF contactors comply with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with thermal overload relay -25 to +55 C
Without thermal overload relay -40 to +70 C
3 Storage -40 to +70 C
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 5 million operating cycles
Maximum switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole contactor
AF116 ... AF370
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail acc. to IEC 60715, EN 60715
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5
3/38 | ABB
AF400 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
Technical data
General technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 1000 V
acc. to UL 600 V 1000 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility AF contactors complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with electronic overload relay -25 to +70 C
Without electronic overload relay -40 to +70 C
Storage -40 to +70 C
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m 3
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 3 millions operating cycles 0.5 million operating cycles 0.3 million
operating
cycles
Max. switching frequency 300 cycles/h 60 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1 Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 30 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
A 5g
A
ABB
A B1 B2 B1 5g
B2 5g
C1 5g
C2 C2 5g
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole contactor AF400 ...
AF2650
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5 4 x M6 4 x M8
ABB | 3/39
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Main terminals
3/40 | ABB
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Main terminals
3
Screw terminals with double connector Screw terminals with double connector
2 x (9.3 width x 7.9/10.3 depth) 2 x (12.4 width x 9.3/11.1 depth)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid ( 4 mm) 1x 6...35 mm 6...70 mm
Stranded ( 6 mm) 2x 6...35 mm 6...50 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
2x 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
2x 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
L Bars or lugs L< 9.2 mm 12.2 mm
6
ABB | 3/41
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Main terminals 13 17.5 19.5
3 5 5
Flat type
10
7
14.3
3 6.5 8.5 10.5
3/42 | ABB
AF400 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
Main terminals 10 (AF2050)
25 (AF2650)
80
Flat type 40
17
50
27
3
40
80
8
40
40
15.5
25
22.5 27
6
22.5 6 10
13 AF2050
25
17
AF2650
10.5 6.5
30
6.5 12.5
AF580 AF1250
10
AF750
13
AF1350
AF1650
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Cu cable - Stranded 2x 240 mm
Clamp type 1SDA013922R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm
Cu cable - Stranded 3x 185 mm
Clamp type 1SDA013956R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm 45 Nm
Al cable - Stranded 2x 240 mm
Clamp type 1SDA013922R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm
3x 185 mm
Clamp type 1SDA013956R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm 45 Nm
L Lugs W 47 mm 50 mm 100 mm
> 10 mm 12 mm
Tightening torque 35 Nm / 310 Ib.in 45 Nm / 398 lb.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 2x 250-500 MCM alt. 2/0 2// 3 x 4/0 AWG - 500 MCM 4//4 x 0.25 in
AWG-400 MCM 0.25 in
Clamp type K6TH alt. ATK580 bars, use K7TK K7TK bars
LW1250 ATK1350/4
Tightening torque 275 Ib.in 375 Ib.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 3x 2/0 AWG-400 MCM 2/0 AWG-500 MCM 1/0-750 MCM
Clamp type K6TJ ATK750/3 K8TL, K8TL,
K8TM, K8TM,
ATK1650/4 ATK1650/4,
ATK1650/6
Tightening torque 275 Ib.in 375 Ib.in 500 Ib.in
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Solid / stranded 1x 1...4 mm
2x 1...4 mm
Flexible 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
l L
Lugs L 8 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP00
Coil terminals IP20
Screw terminals
Main terminals M10 M12
Screws and bolts
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
ABB | 3/43
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
3/44 | ABB
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability and utilization categories
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to be con-
trolled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the standards to be
referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
Categories AC-1 and AC-3: Ic = Ie
3
Category AC-2: Ic = 2.5 x Ie
Category AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1, AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of stand-
ard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off while
"motor running" and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie) type switching off while "motor accelerating"
Note the characteristics of the motor to be controlled:
Operational voltage ........................................... Ue
Current normally drawn while "motor running" .... Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents")
Breaking current for AC-3 ................................. Ic = Ie
Breaking current for AC-4 while "motor accelerating" Ic = 6 x Ie
Percentage of AC-4 operating cycles ................. K (on the basis of the total number of operating cycles)
Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3 (Ue / Ie) on Main pole utilization characteristic table (see Technical data).
For the selected contactor make a note of the following in relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 in next pages:
The number of operating cycles A for Ic = Ie (AC-3)
The number of operating cycles B for Ic = 6 x Ie (AC-4)
Calculate the estimated number of cycles N (N is always below A)
N'= A
1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
ABB | 3/45
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-1 utilization category - Ue 690 V
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational
current of the load.
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
6
The electrical durability at
F3
F9
operating
0
AF 0
AF 0
0
,A
,A
75
40
58
46
6
AF 6
0
AF 5
AF 65
AF 5
0
the rated current is 50000
09
16
26
30
40
52
65
80
11
14
14
19
20
30
37
12
AF
AF
cycles
2
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
operating cycles.
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 59 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579 1 5 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
26.5 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 26.5 A Electrical durability required = 2 millions operating cycles.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the AF26 contactor at intersection " " (26.5 A / 2 millions operating cycles).
3/46 | ABB
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-3 utilization category - Ue 440 V.
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated operational
current Ie (Ie = motor full load current).
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
AF1350, AF1650:
3
Millions of
6
14
The electrical durability at
38
96
19 AF
AF
AF
operating the rated current is 50000
AF 0,
6
AF 0
AF 05
AF 5
AF 5
0
0
AF 00
,
,
16
09
12
26
40
52
65
11
14
26
30
37
30
80
46
58
75
2
4
cycles operating cycles.
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
2 9
1
1.8 7
5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
55 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Motor power 30 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 400 V and Ie = 55 A utilization Electrical durability required = 1.8 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the AF65 contactor at intersection " " (55 A / 1.8 million operating cycles) on the curves (AC-3 - Ue 440 V).
ABB | 3/47
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Millions of
3 operating AF1350, AF1650:
cycles The electrical durability at
AF 6
AF 0
6
AF 0
AF 5
AF 5
5
40 0
the rated current is 50000
AF 2
16
AF F30
AF 80
26
40
AF 2
65
11
14
14
19
20
26
30
AF 37
09
AF 0
AF 0
AF 0
0
AF
38
96
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
46
58
75
operating cycles.
A
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
1.5 5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
140 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Motor power 132 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 660 V and Ie = 140 A utilization Electrical durability required = 1.5 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the AF265 contactor at intersection " " (140 A / 1.5 million operating cycles) on the curves
(AC-3 - 440 V < Ue 690 V).
3/48 | ABB
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-2 or AC-4 utilization category - Ue 440 V
Ambient temperature 60 C for AF09 ... AF370, 55 C for AF400 ... AF1650
Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie for AC-2
and 6 x Ie for AC-4, keeping in mind that Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full-load current).
Maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
operating
3
AF ,
40 38
20 0
5
14
6
AF 19
AF 26
AF AF
F9
AF 0
50
AF 52
6 AF
37 5
cycles
AF
5
AF 0
5
0
AF 0
AF 0
AF 30
,
,A
13
16
58
26
75
30
46
12
16
40
09
AF
AF 5
14 6,
0
6
80
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF F11
A
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1
0.01
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
ABB | 3/49
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-2 or AC-4 utilization category - 440 V < Ue 690 V
Ambient temperature 60 C for AF09 ... AF370, 55 C for AF400 ... AF750
Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie for AC-2
and 6 x Ie for AC-4, keaping in mind tha Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full load current). Maximum electrical
switching frequency: see "Technical data".
3
Millions of
AF AF1 116
operating
AF
14 40
cycles
46 0
AF 6
0
AF 05
AF F40
19
AF 305 5
2
6
26
AF 0
AF
A
F9
AF 580
,A
09
12
16
26
30
AF 38
0
40
52
65
80
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
75
0
AF
AF
AF
AF
37
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3
1
0.01 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
3/50 | ABB
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Millions of
6
operating
F9
8
F3
/A
/A
cycles
09
12
16
26
40
65
80
30
52
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
5
4
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10
Breaking power per pole Pc (kW)
ABB | 3/51
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
AF09 ... AF96 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 1L1 3L2 5L3 21 1L1 3L2 5L3
NO NC
AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 AF09 ... AF16..-30-01 AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 AF09 ... AF16..-30-01 AF26 ... AF96..-30-00
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3
NO NC NC NO NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22
13X
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43 13 21 21X AF09 ... AF96..-30-22 AF26 ... AF38..-30-11
NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO NO NC
NC
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44 14 22 22X NO NC
14X
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X
AF09 ... AF16..-30-22 AF26 ... AF96..-30-22 AF26 ... AF38..-30-11 AF40 ... AF96..-30-11 AF40 ... AF96..-30-11
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
NO NO
21 2- -1 13 21 1- 2- -3 -1 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22
NC = + NC NO NC = + NO + NC Combination 11
22 2- -2 14 22 1- 2- -4 -2
NO NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CA4-01 Combination 11 = AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 + CA4-10 + CA4-01
NO NO NO NO
A1 21 33 A1 21 33 21 31 43 53 21 31 43 53 NO NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 34
NC NO = + NC NO NC NC NO NO = + NC NC NO NO
Combination 21
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC NC NO NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44 54
Combination 21 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CAT4-11M Combination 32 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CA4-22M
Combination 32
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 13
13X NO 13X NO
21X 21X
NC NC
NC
= NC
+
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 13X 21X
22X 22X NO NO NC
14X NO 14X NO
Note: Only AF..Z contactor with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for
the negative pole
3/52 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
AF116 ... AF370 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 13X NO 13X 43X NO
NC 21X NC 21X 31X NC
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X
NO NC NO NC NC NO
AF116 ... AF370-30-11 AF116 ... AF370-30-22 AF116 ... AF370-30-11 AF116 ... AF370-30-22
ABB | 3/53
AF400 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
AF400 ... AF1250 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices with factory mounted auxiliary contacts
3 3 3 ON
1
ON
OFF
OFF_N
2
COMMON
3
NO 13X NO 13X 43X NO
NC 21X NC 21X 31X NC AF400 ... AF1250-30-11, AF400 ... AF1250-30-22
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X
NO NC NO NC NC NO
NO NC NO NC NC NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 32X 44X
AF400 ... AF1250-30-11 AF400 ... AF1250-30-22 AF400 ... AF1250-30-11 AF400 ... AF1250-30-22
E2693DG
A1 2
NO NC
COMMON
3
E2139D3
NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X AF1350, AF1650
AF1350, AF1650-30-11
NO 13X AF1350 ... AF2650-30-11
NC 21X
NO 22X when used with transistor output
NO 14X
Supply voltage
0V 24V
+ A1 A2
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X X5 Contactor
NO NC NC NO
ON
ON
1
E2138D3
NO NC NC NO 2
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 32X 44X
COMMON
3
AF1350 ... AF2650-30-11 AF1350,...AF1650-30-22
AF1350 AF2650-30-22
AF1350, AF1650
3/54 | ABB
AF09, AF12, AF16 3-pole contactors
77 3.03" 77 3.03"
35 1.38" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 71 2.80" 71 2.80"
2x 2x
4.2 0.17" 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5 0.20"
ABB | 3/55
AF09, AF12, AF16 3-pole contactors
102.5 4.04"
102.5 4.04"
90 90
3.54"
3.54"
71 71
2.80"
2.80" 10 10
0.39"
0.39"
80 80
3.15"
3.15" 2 x2 x
35 mm EN/IEC 60715 5.55.5
0.22"
0.22" M4M4
8-32 UNC
8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.55.5
0.22"
0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
4.2 0.17"
4.2 0.17" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
77 3.03"
77 3.03" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 2x
35 1.38"
2x 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22" 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
10
0.39"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
156.1 6.15"
5 0.20" 10 0.39"
6.2 5 0.20"
0.24"
AF09, AF12, AF16
+ TF42, EF19
72.7 2.86"
76.8 3.02"
77 3.03"
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
152.4 6.00"
17.4 0.69"
73.3 2.89"
76.8 3.02"
3/56 | ABB
AF26, AF30, AF38 3-pole contactors
86 3.39" 77 3.03"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 80 3.15" 71 2.80" 35 1.38"
2x 2x
4.2 0.17" 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
3
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
80 3.15" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
ABB | 3/57
AF26, AF30, AF38 3-pole contactors
111.5
111.54.39"
4.39"
90903.54"
3.54"
80803.15"
3.15" 10100.39"
0.39" 80803.15"
3.15" 2 2x x
5.5
5.50.22"
0.22" M48-32
M4 8-32UNCUNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5
5.50.22"
0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
4.2
4.20.17"
0.17" 5 50.20"
0.20"
86 3.39" 86 3.39"
45 1.77" 45 3.15"
80 1.77" 35 1.38"
80 3.15" 35 1.38"
2x 2x
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
10 10
0.39" 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
158.9 6.26"
158.9 6.26"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
9.2 9.2
0.36" 0.36"
AF26, AF30, AF38
+ TF42, EF19, EF45
86 3.39" 86 3.39"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 45 1.77" 80 3.15"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
172.3 6.78"
20.4 0.80"
76.3 3.00"
79.8 3.14"
82.5 3.25"
3/58 | ABB
AF40 ... AF65 3-pole contactors
2x
6 0.24"
3
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
AF40, AF52, AF65 AF40, AF52, AF65-30-00 + CAL4-11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block AF40, AF52, AF65-30-11
144 5.67" 136 5.35"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
6 0.24"
1.1 0.04"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
43 1.69"
ABB | 3/59
AF40 ... AF65 3-pole contactors
M4 8-32 UNC
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
3
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
208.5 8.21"
237 9.33"
5.4 0.21"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
AF40, AF52, AF65 70 2.76" 106.8 4.20"
+ TF65 thermal overload relay 110.6 4.35"
45 1.77"
2x
6.4 0.25" M6 -20 UNC
2x
4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
3/60 | ABB
AF80 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10 116 4.57"
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 70 2.76"
0.39" 7 0.28"
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10
70 2.76"
7 0.28" 0.39"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
AF80, AF96
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block
1.1 0.04"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
ABB | 3/61
AF80 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
116 4.57"
140 5.51"
7 0.28" 130 5.12" M6 -20 UNC
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF80, AF96
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock set
AF80, AF96
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock set
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
211 8.31"
237 9.33"
5.4 0.21"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.9 4.37"
60 2.36"
2x
6.4 0.25" M6 -20 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
AF80, AF96
+ TF96, EF96
3/62 | ABB
AF116, AF140, 3-pole contactors
D-D
SECTIOND-D
SECTION
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
0.79"
0.12"
20200.79"
3 30.12"
3
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
SECTION E-E
E SECTION E-E 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
10 0.39" E 90 3.54" 126 4.96"
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 126 4.96"
D D
0.22"0.22"
D D
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
55.555.5
100 3.94"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
AF116, AF140-30-00
30 1.18"+ CAL19 2-pole auxiliary contact block AF116, AF140
AF116, AF140-30-11
SECTION D-D
SECTION D-D
22.8 0.90"
22.8 0.90"
6.5 0.26"
20 0.79"
33 0.12"
6.5 0.26"
20
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
SECTION E-E
E-E
E E SECTION
10 10 0.39"
0.39" 90903.54"
3.54" 126
1264.96"
4.96"
D D
D D
2.18"
19.5 0.77"
55.52.18"
0.77"
55.5
19.5
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
30 1.18"
AF116, AF140-30-00B + CAL19 2-pole auxiliary contact block
AF116, AF140-30-11B
ABB | 3/63
AF116, AF140, 3-pole contactors
29.5 1.16"
7.5 0.3"
126 4.96" 108 4.25" 126 4.96" 126 4.96"
24 0.94"
24 0.94"
8 0.31"
8 0.31"
90 3.54" 90 3.54"
17 0.67" 3 0.12" 15 0.59" 6 0.24" 17 0.67" 3 0.12"
17 0.67" 3 0.12"
13 0.51" 6.4 0.25" 13 0.51" 6.4 0.25"
3
228 8.98"
233 9.17"
226 8.90"
226 8.90"
AF..-30-11B
AF..-30-11
8x
180 7.09" 180 7.09" 126 4.96" 126 4.96" 30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
3/64 | ABB
AF116, AF140, 3-pole contactors
100 3.94"
259 10.20"
45 1.77"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
82.3 3.24"
6 0.24"
37 1.46"
8 0.31" 50 1.97"
6x
126 4.96" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
46 1.81"
21.5
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
37 1.46" 2x
105 4.13" M5 10-24 UNC
ABB | 3/65
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
B 152 5.98"
4X
10 0.39" 105 4.13" 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 35 1.38" M5 10-24 UNC
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
196 7.72"
165 6.50"
35 1.38"
27 1.06"
10 0.37"
10 0.39"
299 11.77"
299 11.77"
35 1.38" 45 1.77"
3/66 | ABB
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
3
196 7.727"
AF190, AF205-30-11
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
6X
35 1.38" 70 2.76" 35 1.38" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
AF190, AF205
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
ABB | 3/67
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
152 5.98"
105 4.13" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 8x
35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
312.5 12.3"
25.5
1.0"
82 3.23"
21 0.83"
11 0.43"
37 1.46"
3/68 | ABB
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
152 5.98"
105 4.13" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 8x
M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
342 13.46"
0.81"
20.5
112 4.42"
10 0.39"
35 1.38"
35 1.39"
ABB | 3/69
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
225 8.86"
43.75 1.72"
4X
43.75 1.72" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
3/70 | ABB
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
32.0 1.28"
31.2 1.23"
32.0 1.28"
3
12.5 0.49"
12.5 0.49"
12.5 0.49"
354.5 20.02"
354.5 13.96"
354.5 20.02"
ABB | 3/71
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
3
225 8.86"
8X
43.75 1.72" 96.25 3.79" 43.75 1.72" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
3/72 | ABB
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
180 7.09"
187 7.36"
385 15.16"
29 1.14"
112 4.41"
11 0.43"
14 0.55"
35 1.38"
44 1.73"
43.75 1.72"
123 4.84"
AF265, AF305, AF370-30-11 AF265, AF305, AF370
+ EF370 electronic overload relay + EF370 electronic overload relay
ABB | 3/73
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
11.5 0.45"
186 7.32" 216 8.5"
25 22.5 6.5 10.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24" 63 2.48"
0.98" 0.89" 0.26" 0.41"
3
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
248 9.76"
M5 10-24 UNC
63 2.48"
0.47"
33 1.3"
0.45"
11.5
63 2.48" 78 3.07"
3/74 | ABB
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
216 8.5"
402 15.83"
25 0.98" 10.5 0.41" 30 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
1.18"
3
268 10.55"
278 10.94"
63 2.48"
AF400, AF460-30-11
+ VM750H mechanical interlock unit
M5 10-24 UNC
AF400, AF460
+ VM750H mechanical interlock unit
ABB | 3/75
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
248 9.76"
454.5 17.89"
449.5 17.7"
M5 10-24 UNC
63 2.48"
6.5 0.26" 6.5 0.26"
83 3.27"
55 2.17"
11.5 0.45"
3/76 | ABB
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27"
40 1.57" 22.5 6.5 12.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
0.89" 0.26" 0.49"
3
273 10.75"
283 11.14"
72 2.83"
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
ABB | 3/77
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
0.45"
11.5
40 1.57" 22.5 13 0.51" 43 1.69" 6 0.24"
0.89"
35.5
1.4"
3
105 4.13"
9.6 0.38"
141.5 5.57"
483 19.02"
72 2.83"
3/78 | ABB
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
11 0.43"
245 9.65" 242 9.53"
40 1.57" 13 0.51" 43 1.69" 6 0.24"
1.38"
35
9.6 0.38"
141.5 5.57"
483 19.02"
92 3.62"
ABB | 3/79
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
210 8.27"
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
72 2.83" 72 2.83"
40 1.57" 12.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24" 72 2.83"
0.49"
249 9.8"
466.6 18.37"
471.5 18.56"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
5 0.2" 5 0.2"
79 3.11"
80 3.15"
0.45"
11.5
3/80 | ABB
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
450
242
25 12.5 30
48.5 6
3
273
283
E2041D
E2042D
72
240 72
249
(M6) (M6)
E2043D
ABB | 3/81
AF1250 3-pole contactors
50 1.97"
27 72 2.83" 7 0.28" 242 9.53"
1.06"
3
344 13.54"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
1SFC101125F0001
1SFC101124F0001
AF1250-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
1SFC101130F0001
M6 1/4-20 UNC
AF1250
3/82 | ABB
AF1250 3-pole contactors
72 2.83"
13 0.51" 53.8 2.12" 50 1.97" 242 9.53"
15 0.59"
443 17.44"
479 18.86"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
1.34"
34
1SFC101132F0001
95 3.74" 95 3.74" 37 10 0.39"
1.46"
1SFC101131F0001
240 9.45"
AF1250-30-11
+ LW1250 terminal enlargement
ABB | 3/83
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 and AF2650 3-pole contactors
40 1.57" 40 1.57"
27 27
13.5 40 13.5 40
1.06" 1.06"
0.53" 1.57" 0.53" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51" 13 0.51"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
40 1.57" 40 1.57"
3
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
312 12.28"
392 15.43"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
312 12.28"
13.5 40 13.5 40
0.53" 1.57" 0.53" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67"
40 1.57" 40 1.57"
AF2650 AF2650
312 12.28"
422 16.61"
312 12.28"
53.5 53.5
80 136 5.35" 9 80
0.35" 136 5.35" 9250.35"
0.98" 25 0.98"
3.15" 3.15" 2.11" 2.11"
AF2650 M8 5/16-18 UMC
104 244 9.61" 244 9.61"
104
4.09" 4.09"
438 17.24" 438 17.24"
AF2650-30-11
3/84 | ABB
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 and AF2650 3-pole contactors
312 12.28"
3
674 26.54"
3.66"
93
170 6.69"
20 0.79" M6 1/4-20 UNC
425 16.73"
10 0.39"
30 1.18"
13 0.51"
17 0.67"
27 1.06"
AF1350 and AF1650-30-11
40 1.57"
+ E1250DU electronic O/L relay
441 17.36"
M8 5/16-18 UMC
ABB | 3/85
Notes
3/86 | ABB
Notes
ABB | 3/87
3
3/88 | ABB
AF 4-pole contactors
Ordering details
25 to 105 A
AF09 AF38 AC / DC operated 3/90
AF09Z AF38Z AC / DC operated - low consumption 3/91
AF40 AF80 AC / DC operated 3/92
Main accessories 3/94
3
160 to 420 A
AF116 AF140 AC / DC operated 3/96
AF190 AF370 AC / DC operated 3/97
Main accessories 3/98
ABB | 3/89
AF09 ... AF38 4-pole contactors
25 to 55 A
AC / DC operated
Description
AF09...AF38 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads (i.e.
resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 600VAC and 250VDC. These
contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500V 50/60Hz and
1SBC101095F0014
20...500VDC
3 -- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening.
AF09-40-00 built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use voltage contacts
rating Uc min. Uc max. fitted Pkg
600 V AC (1 pce)
1SBC101097F0014
A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
25 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF09-40-00-11 0.27
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09-40-00-12 0.27
AF26-40-00 100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09-40-00-13 0.27
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF09-40-00-14 0.31
30 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF16-40-00-11 0.27
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16-40-00-12 0.27
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16-40-00-13 0.27
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF16-40-00-14 0.31
45 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF26-40-00-11 0.36
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26-40-00-12 0.36
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26-40-00-13 0.36
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF26-40-00-14 0.40
55 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF38-40-00-11 0.36
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38-40-00-12 0.36
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38-40-00-13 0.36
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF38-40-00-14 0.40
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
25 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF09-22-00-11 0.27
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09-22-00-12 0.27
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09-22-00-13 0.27
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF09-22-00-14 0.31
30 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF16-22-00-11 0.27
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16-22-00-12 0.27
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16-22-00-13 0.27
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF16-22-00-14 0.31
45 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF26-22-00-11 0.36
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26-22-00-12 0.36
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26-22-00-13 0.36
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF26-22-00-14 0.40
55 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF38-22-00-11 0.36
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38-22-00-12 0.36
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38-22-00-13 0.36
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF38-22-00-14 0.40
(1) AF..-..-..-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
3/90 | ABB
AF09Z ... AF38Z 4-pole contactors
25 to 55 A
AC / DC operated - low consumption
Description
AF09Z...AF38Z 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads
(i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 600VAC and 250VDC. These
contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250V 50/60Hz and
1SBC101095F0014
12...250VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations 3
-- allow direct control by PLC-output 24VDC 500mA
-- reduced panel energy consumption
AF09Z-40-00 -- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use voltage contacts
rating Uc min. Uc max. fitted Pkg
600 V AC (1 pce)
1SBC101097F0014
A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
25 - 12...20 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-21 0.31
AF26Z-40-00 48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-23 0.31
30 - 12...20 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-23 0.31
45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-20 0.40
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-21 0.40
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-22 0.40
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-23 0.40
55 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-20 0.40
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-21 0.40
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-22 0.40
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-23 0.40
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
25 - 12...20 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-23 0.31
30 - 12...20 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-21 0.31
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-22 0.31
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-23 0.31
45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-20 0.40
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-21 0.40
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-22 0.40
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-23 0.40
55 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-20 0.40
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-21 0.40
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-22 0.40
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-23 0.40
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
Main dimensions mm, inches
77 3.03" 101 3.98"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 45 1.77" 95 3.74" 35 1.38"
2x 2x
4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC 5.5 0.22" 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
80 2.36"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
ABB | 3/91
AF40 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
60 to 105 A
AC / DC operated
Description
AF40 ... AF80 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads (i.e. re-
sistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 600VAC and 250VDC. These contactors
are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
1SBC101045V0014
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g.
3 100...250VAC and DC), only 4 control voltages ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60Hz and 20...500VDC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
AF40-40-00 -- very distinct closing and opening.
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use voltage contacts
rating Uc min. Uc max. fitted Pkg
600VAC (1 pce)
1SBC101048V0014
A V 50/60Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. Main Poles
60 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF40-40-00-11 1.21
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF40-40-00-12 1.21
AF80-40-00
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF40-40-00-13 1.16
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF40-40-00-14 1.16
80 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF52-40-00-11 1.21
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF52-40-00-12 1.21
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF52-40-00-13 1.16
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF52-40-00-14 1.16
105 24...60 - 0 0 AF80-40-00-41 1.49
24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF80-40-00-11 1.49
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF80-40-00-12 1.49
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF80-40-00-13 1.44
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF80-40-00-14 1.44
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Main Poles
60 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF40-22-00-11 1.21
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF40-22-00-12 1.21
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF40-22-00-13 1.16
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF40-22-00-14 1.16
105 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF80-22-00-11 1.49
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF80-22-00-12 1.49
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF80-22-00-13 1.44
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF80-22-00-14 1.44
(1) AF..-..-..-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
3/92 | ABB
3
ABB | 3/93
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Main accessories
AF contactor
(without top mounted
3 coil terminal block)
AF contactor
Fixing clips
CAT4-11
2-pole auxiliary contact
and A1/A2 coil terminal block
AF contactor
BX4-CA
Protective cover
TEF4
A2
Electronic timer
VM4
A2
BX4-CA
Protective cover
BX4-CA
CA4
Protective cover
4-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary CA4, CC4
contact block CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary
BX4 1-pole auxiliary contact block
Protective cover contact block
3/94 | ABB
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Main accessories
kg
CA4-10
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks 3
AF09 ... AF80-40-00 1 0 CA4-10 1 0.02
CAL4-11 AF09 ... AF80-22-00 0 1 CA4-01 1 0.02
1SBC101120F0014
2 2 CA4-22E 1 0.06
3 1 CA4-31E 1 0.06
4 0 CA4-40E 1 0.06
AF09 ... AF16-40-00 0 4 CA4-04E 1 0.06
CA4-22E AF40 ... AF80-40-00 0 4 CA4-04E 1 0.06
1SBC101114F0014
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
AF09 ... AF80-40-00 1 0 CC4-10 1 0.02
AF09 ... AF80-22-00 0 1 CC4-01 1 0.02
CAT4-11E
Side-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
AF09 ... AF80-40-00 1 1 CAL4-11 1 0.04
AF09 ... AF80-22-00
1SBC101130F0014
1SBC101129F0014
01 NC 01NC
Mechanical and electrical interlock set
AF09, AF16-40-00 0 2 VEM4 1 0.04
AF26, AF38-40-00
Note: VEM4 includes a VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips (BB4), a VE4 electrical interlock block. VE4 block must
KM1 KM2 be used with A2-A2 connection to respect the electrical connection diagram.
A2 A2 VEM4 not suitable for AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC.
VEM4
For contactors Time delay Delay Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
range type contacts qty (1 pce)
selected by
switch
kg
1SBC101392F0014
Electronic timers
AF09 ... AF80 0.1...1s ON-delay 1 1 TEF4-ON 1 0.07
1...10s
10...100s OFF-delay 1 1 TEF4-OFF 1 0.07
TEF4-ON
Note: Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...240 V 50/60 Hz or DC.
(1) For more information, refer to "Accessories" section.
ABB | 3/95
AF116 AF140 4-pole contactors
160 to 200 A
AC / DC operated
Description
AF116 ... AF140 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads (i.e.
resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 600 V AC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 4 main poles.
1SFC101154V0001
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g.
3 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
AF140-40-11 -- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use voltage contacts fitted
rating Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
600 V AC (1 pce)
A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
For connection with built-in cable clamps
160 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF116-40-11-11 2.27
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF116-40-11-12 2.27
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF116-40-11-13 2.27
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF116-40-11-14 2.27
200 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF140-40-11-11 2.27
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF140-40-11-12 2.27
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF140-40-11-13 2.27
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF140-40-11-14 2.27
(1) For other auxiliary contacts arrangements, please contact your ABB local organization.
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
30 1.18"
3/96 | ABB
AF190 AF370 4-pole contactors
230 to 420 A
AC / DC operated
Description
AF190 ... AF370 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads (i.e.
resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 600 V AC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 4 main poles.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range (e.g.
100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC 3
1SFC101155V0001
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use voltage contacts fitted
rating Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
600 V AC (1 pce)
A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
1SFC101195V0001
A 152.5 6.00"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
35 1.38"
43.75 1.72"
ABB | 3/97
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Main accessories
3
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
VM
Mechanical
interlock
AF contactor
CAL19-11B with bar connections
2-pole auxiliary LT
contact block Terminal shroud
AF contactor
with built-in cable clamps
(1) Total number of auxiliary contact blocks for the two contactors. (2) Interlock type, according to the contactor ratings (see "Accessories").
3/98 | ABB
AF116...AF370 4-pole contactors
Main accessories
kg
3
Side-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
CAL19-11 AF116 ... AF370 1 1 CAL19-11 2 0.05
1 1 CAL19-11B 2 0.05
Terminal shrouds
AF116 AF140, with compression lugs LT140-40L 2 0.09
1SFC101035V0001
Terminal enlargements
AF190 AF205 10.5 20 x 5 LW205-40 1 0.31
AF265 AF370 10.5 25 x 5 LW370-40 1 0.54
(1) For more information, refer to "Accessories" section.
ABB | 3/99
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
3/100 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/101
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
3/102 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/103
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
Remark for 4-pole contactors fitted with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
1 R3 R5 7
These contactors are suitable for controlling 2 separate circuits, i.e. 2 loads with 2 separate supplies, or 1 circuit com-
prising 2 separate loads with a single supply (see diagrams below). When the contactor operates there is no mechanical
overlapping between the N.O. poles and the N.C. poles: BREAK before MAKE
2 R4 R6 8
! These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Block diagrams
Single supply and 2 separate loads 2 separate supplies and 2 separate loads
Main
Supply supply
Back-up
supply
A1 R3 R5 7 A1 1 R3 R5 7
1
2 R4 R6 8 A2 2 R4 R6 8
A2
Load Load
Load Load
3/104 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/105
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
3/106 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 4-pole contactor
AF116 ... AF370
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail acc. to IEC 60715, EN 60715 -
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5
ABB | 3/107
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Main terminals
Screw terminals with cable Screw terminals with Screw terminals with Screw terminals with
clamp double connector double connector double connector
2 x (5.5 width x 6.8 depth) 2 x (9.3 width x 7.9/10.3 2 x (12.4 width x 9.3/11.1
depth) depth)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid ( 4 mm) 1x 1...6 mm 1.5...16 mm 6...35 mm 6...70 mm
Stranded ( 6 mm) 2x 1...6 mm 1.5...16 mm 6...35 mm 6...50 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...6 mm 1.5...16 mm 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
2x 0.75...6 mm 1.5...16 mm 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...4 mm 1.5...16 mm 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm 1.5...16 mm 4...35 mm 6...50 mm
L Bars or lugs L< 9.6 mm - 9.2 mm 12.2 mm
6
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16...10 AWG 16...6 AWG 10...2 AWG 6...1
Stripping length 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 17 mm
Tightening torque 1.5 Nm / 13 lb.in 2.5 Nm / 22 lb.in 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 53 lb.in
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Rigid solid 1x 1...2.5 mm
2x 1...2.5 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...1.5 mm
L Lugs L< 8 mm
6
3/108 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Main terminals 13 17.5 19.5
3 5 5
Flat type
10
7
14.3
6.5 8.5 10.5
3
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Cu cable - Stranded 1x 10...95 mm 6...150 mm 16...300 mm
Clamp type LD... included (1) 1SDA066917R1 1SDA055016R1
Tightening torque 8 Nm 14 Nm 25 Nm
Cu cable - Stranded 2 x 10...95 mm 50...120 mm 70...185 mm
Clamp type LD... included (1) 1SFN074709R1000, 1SCA022194R0890,
LZ185-2C/120 OZXB4
Tightening torque 8 Nm 16 Nm 22 Nm
Al cable - Stranded 1x 95...185 mm 185...240 mm
Clamp type 1SDA054988R1 1SDA055020R1
Tightening torque 31 Nm 43 Nm
Cu cable - Flexible 1 x 10...70 mm 6...120 mm 16...240 mm
Clamp type LD... included (1) 1SDA066917R1 1SDA055016R1
Tightening torque 8 Nm 14 Nm 25 Nm
Cu cable - Flexible 2 x 10...70 mm 50...95 mm 70...185 mm
Clamp type LD... included (1) 1SFN074709R1000, 1SCA022194R0890,
LZ185-2C/120 OZXB4
Tightening torque 8 Nm 16 Nm 22 Nm
L Lugs L 22 mm (.866 in) 24 mm (.945 in) 32 mm (1.260 in)
> 6 mm (.236 in) 8 mm (.315 in) 10 mm (.394 in)
Socket type LL... included LL... included LL... included
Tightening torque 9 Nm / 80 lb.in 18 Nm / 160 lb.in 28 Nm / 248 lb.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 x AWG 63/0 6300 MCM 4400 MCM
Clamp type LD... included (1) ATK185 (2) ATK300 (2)
Tightening torque 8 Nm / 71 lb.in 34 Nm / 301 lb.in 42 Nm / 372 lb.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 2 x AWG 63/0 4500 MCM
Clamp type LD... included (1) ATK300/2 (2)
Tightening torque 8 Nm / 71 lb.in 42 Nm / 372 lb.in
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Solid / stranded 1x 1...4 mm
2x 1...4 mm
Flexible 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
l L Lugs L< 8 mm
l> 3.5 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP00
Coil terminals IP20
Screw terminals
Main terminals M6 M8 M10
Screwdriver type Screws and bolts
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
(1) LD... not included for AF116 ... AF146-30-..B.
(2) Available in North America only.
ABB | 3/109
4-pole contactors
Electrical durability and utilization categories
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to be con-
trolled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the standards to be
referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
3
Categories AC-1: Ic = Ie
Category DC-1: Ic = Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1 and DC-1 represent the electrical durability variation of standard con-
tactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
3/110 | ABB
4-pole contactors
Electrical durability
30 5
6
5
09
16
AF 6
AF 0
80
AF 26
11
14
19
20
2
4
38
52
cycles
AF 5
0
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
37
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
Breaking current Ic (A)
ABB | 3/111
4-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Millions of
operating
09
16
26
38
AF
AF
AF
cycles
AF
10
5
4
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10
Breaking power per pole Pc (kW)
3/112 | ABB
Notes
ABB | 3/113
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
3
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 A1 1 R3 R5 7
AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 AF09 ... AF40..-22-00 AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 AF09 ... AF40..-22-00
AF80-22-00 AF80-22-00
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
13 1- -3 13 21 1- 2- -3 -1
NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14
NO = + NO NO NC = + NO + NC Combination 10
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22
Combination 10 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CA4-10 Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CA4-10 + CA4-01 Combination 11
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43
A1 13 21 A1 13 21 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22
NO NC NC NO = + NO NC NC NO
Combination 11
NO NC = + NO NC
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44
14 22 A2 14 22 A2 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22 32 44
Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CAT4-11E Combination 22 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CA4-22E
Combination 22
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
13X 13X
21X 21X
NC NC
NC
= NC
+
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13X 21X
22X 22X NO NC
14X 14X
NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14X 22X
Note: Only AF09..Z ... AF38..Z contactor with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and
A2- for the negative pole
3/114 | ABB
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
A1 A2 3
NO NC
A1 A2 A1 A2 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14X 22X
NO 13X NO 13X 43X NO
NC 21X NC 21X 31X NC AF116 ... AF370-40-11
ABB | 3/115
AF09, AF16 4-pole contactors
77 3.03" 77 3.03"
35 1.38" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 71 2.80" 71 2.80"
2x 2x
4.2 0.17" 4.2 0.17"
3 5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
3/116 | ABB
AF09, AF16 4-pole contactors
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
AF09, AF16
+ TEF4 electronic timer AF09, AF16
102.5 4.04"
102.5 4.04"
90 90
3.54"
3.54"
71 71
2.80"
2.80" 10 10
0.39"
0.39"
80 80
3.15"
3.15" 2 x2 x
5.55.5
0.22"
0.22" M4M4
8-32 UNC
8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.55.5
0.22"
0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
4.2 0.17"
4.2 0.17" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
AF09..-40-00, AF16..-40-00
+ VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set AF09..-40-00, AF16..-40-00
+ VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set
ABB | 3/117
AF26, AF38 4-pole contactors
3
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
5 0.20" 60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
101 3.98"
134.5 5.30"
95 3.74"
45 1.77" 95 3.74" 10 0.39" 12 0.47" 45 1.77"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
3/118 | ABB
AF26, AF38 4-pole contactors
1.1 0.04" 3
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
3.15" 60715
60 2.36"
40.5 1.59"
80 EN/IEC
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
35 mm
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
ABB | 3/119
AF40, AF52 4-pole contactors
3
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
147 5.79"
113.5 4.47" 10 113.5 4.47"
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 70 2.76"
0.39" 7 0.28"
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
3/120 | ABB
AF40, AF52 4-pole contactors
1.1 0.04" 3
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
113.5 4.47"
140 5.51" 2x
7 0.28" 130 5.12" M6 -20 UNC
6 0.24"
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
ABB | 3/121
AF80 4-pole contactors
3
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
AF80 AF80
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10 116 4.57"
90 3.54" 12 0.47" 90 3.54"
0.39"
7 0.28" 7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + CAL4-11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
6 0.24"
1.1 0.04"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
43 1.69"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block + TEF4 Electronic timer
3/122 | ABB
AF80 4-pole contactors
3
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + VM96-4 mechanical interlock unit
ABB | 3/123
AF116, AF140 4-pole contactors
3
55.5 0.22"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
30 1.18"
A SECTION A-A
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
240240
9.45"
9.45" 128128
5.04"
5.04" M4 8-32 UNC
60 2.36" 60 2.36" 60 2.36"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
3/124 | ABB
AF190, AF205 4-pole contactors
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
165 6.50"
196 7.72"
35 1.38"
45 1.77"
AF190, AF205-40-11
+ LW205-40 terminal enlargement
ABB | 3/125
AF190, AF205 4-pole contactors
3
196 7.72"
AF190, AF205-40-11
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
4X
70 2.76" 70 2.76" 70 2.76" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
AF190, AF205
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
3/126 | ABB
AF265, AF305, AF370 4-pole contactors
A A
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 183.75
183.75
7.23"
7.23" 180 180
7.09"
7.09"
19.519.5
0.77"
0.77" 10.5
10.5
0.41"
0.41" 35.535.5
1.40"
1.40" 5 0.20"
5 0.20" 4X
87.5 3.44" M5 10-24 UNC
33.4 1.31"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
94.7 3.73"
225 8.86"
225 8.86"
187 7.36"
43.75
43.75
1.72"
1.72"
AF265, AF305, AF370-40-00 + CAL19 2-pole auxiliary contact block AF265, AF305, AF370
AF265, AF305, AF370-40-11
12.5 0.49"
404.4 15.92"
62 2.44"
ABB | 3/127
AF265, AF305, AF370 4-pole contactors
3
225 8.86"
4X
87.5 3.44" 97 3.82" 87.5 3.44" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
3/128 | ABB
3
ABB | 3/129
3
3/130 | ABB
Contactors for DC switching, lighting, welding and drive
Ordering details
3
100 A DC-1
GA75 AC operated 3/134
GAF75 AC / DC operated 3/135
ABB | 3/131
AF09 ... AF96 contactors
DC circuit switching
General
The arc switching on DC is more difficult than on AC.
For selecting a contactor it is essential to determine the current, the voltage and the L/R time constant of the controlled load
For information, typical time constant values are quoted hereafter: non inductive loads such as resistance furnaces (L/R 1 ms), inductive loads
such as shunt motors (L/R 2 ms) or series motors (L/R 7.5 ms)
The addition of a resistor in parallel with an inductive winding helps in the elimination of the arcs
All the poles required for breaking must be connected in series between the load and the source polarity not linked to earth (or chassis).
3
Technical data
The tables indicate for the standard contactors the Ie max. operating currents depending on: the utilization category (i.e. L/R) DC-1, DC-3, DC-5 as
defined in the IEC 60947-4-1 publication, the operating voltage Ue and the pole coupling details.
Ampere values quoted in these tables are valid for a -25+70 C temperature close to the contactors, as long as these values do not exceed the
AC-1 Ampere values for the corresponding ambient temperature
Max. switching frequency: 300 cycles/h.
Selection table
Contactor types AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
3 or 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
3/132 | ABB
AF116 ... AF2050 contactors
DC circuit switching
Selection table
Contactor types AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
3 or 4-pole 3-pole 3 or 4-pole 3-pole
72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
90 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - 3
100 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - -
110 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
110 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
175 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - -
200 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - -
220 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - -
72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
110 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
220 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
260 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
300 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
340 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
440 V - - - - - - - - 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
600 V - - - - - - - - 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
850 V - - - - - - - - - - 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A
< 350 V 200 200 - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - -
400 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - -
440 V - - - - - 400 500 520 - - - - - - - -
ABB | 3/133
GA75, GAF75 1-pole contactors
100 A DC
AC operated
Description
GA75 contactors are designed for controlling shunt or series motors and resistive or slightly inductive loads up to
1SBC586544F0301
1000 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles connected in series.
main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The connection
3 polarities must be respected.
GA75-10-11 control circuit: AC operated
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use rating voltage contacts
Uc fitted Pkg
(1) (1 pce)
440 V 1000 V
DC DC
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
100 35 24 24 1 1 GA75-10-11-81 1.26
110 110120 1 1 GA75-10-11-84 1.26
220230 230240 1 1 GA75-10-11-80 1.26
(1) Other control voltages see voltage codes table.
108 4.25"
0.43"
70 2.76" 72 2.83"
6 6.5
0.24" 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39" 10
12 0.47" 72 2.83" 0.39"
GA75-10-11
3/134 | ABB
GAF75 1-pole contactors
100 A DC
AC/DC operated
Description
GAF75 contactors are designed for controlling shunt or series motors and resistive or slightly inductive loads
up to 1000 V DC.
1SBC586554F0301
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles connected in series.
main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The connection
polarities must be respected. 3
control circuit: AC/DC operated
GAF75-10-11 add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
General use rating voltage contacts
Uc fitted Pkg
(1) (1 pce)
440 V 1000 V
DC DC
A A 50/60 Hz DC kg
100 35 20 ... 60 1 1 GAF75-10-11-72 1.30
48 ... 130 48 ... 130 1 1 GAF75-10-11-69 1.30
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 1 1 GAF75-10-11-70 1.30
(1) Other control voltages see voltage codes table.
108 4.25"
0.43"
70 2.76" 72 2.83"
6 6.5
0.24" 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39" 10
12 0.47" 72 2.83" 0.39"
GAF75-10-11
ABB | 3/135
GAF185 ... GAF300 3-pole contactors
250 to 400 A DC
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contact
Description
GAF185 ... GAF300 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads up to 1000 V
DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the user accord-
1SFC101098F0001
Ordering details
1SFC101099F0001
0.4"
17.5 8.5 0.33" 35.5 5 0.2"
0.69" 1.4"
14 0.55"
219 8.62"
187 7.36"
227 8.94"
196 7.72"
35 43.75 1.72"
1.38"
GAF185 GAF300
3/136 | ABB
GAF460 ... GAF750 3-pole contactors
650 to 900 A DC
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contact
Description
GAF460 ... GAF750 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads up to 1000 V
DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the user accord-
ing to conductor cross-sectional area or by using LP connection bars to be ordered separately.
1SFC101100F0001
main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The connection 3
polarities must be respected.
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and
GAF460-10-11 24...500 V DC
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- reduced panel energy consumption
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Order code Weight
1SFC101102F0001
A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
GAF750-10-11
650 - 2460 1 1 GAF460-10-11-68 (1) 12.00
48130 48130 1 1 GAF460-10-11-69 12.00
100250 100250 1 1 GAF460-10-11-70 12.00
250500 250500 1 1 GAF460-10-11-71 12.00
900 - 2460 1 1 GAF750-10-11-68 (1) 15.00
48130 48130 1 1 GAF750-10-11-69 15.00
100250 100250 1 1 GAF750-10-11-70 15.00
250500 250500 1 1 GAF750-10-11-71 15.00
(1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and A2 for the negative pole.
GAF460 ... GAF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27"
11.5 0.45"
283 11.14"
268 10.55"
63 2.48" 72 2.83"
GAF460 GAF750
ABB | 3/137
GAF1250 ... GAF2050 3-pole contactors
1210 to 2050 A DC
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contact
Description
GAF1250 ... GAF2050 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads up to 1000
V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the user accord-
ing to conductor cross-sectional area or by using LP connection bars to be ordered separately.
3 main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The connection
1SFC101004F0201
Ordering details
1SFC101004F0201
GAF1650-10-11 A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
1210 - 2460 1 1 GAF1250-10-11-68 16.00
48130 48130 1 1 GAF1250-10-11-69 16.00
100250 100250 1 1 GAF1250-10-11-70 16.00
250500 250500 1 1 GAF1250-10-11-71 16.00
1650 100250 100250 1 1 GAF1650-10-11-70 35.00
2050 100250 100250 1 1 GAF2050-10-11-70 35.00
GAF1250 ... AF2050 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC
Control inputs
40 1.57"
27
13 40
1.06"
0.51" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51"
40 1.57"
30 1.18" 13
40 1.57" 30 1.18"
27 10 0.39" 0.51"
13 40 10 0.39"
1.06" 27
0.51" 13 1.57" 40
1.06" AF1350, AF1650 AF2050
13 0.51"
17 0.67" GAF16501.57"17
0.51" 0.67" GAF2050
136 5.35" 136 5.35"
13 0.51" 30 1.18"17 13
0.67" 17 0.67"
30 1.18"
312 12.28"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
344 13.54"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
249 9.8"
1SFC101125F0001
3/138 | ABB
GAF185 ... GAF2050 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
1SFC101114F0001
Ordering details
For contactors Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
LP185
kg
ABB | 3/139
GA75 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
3/140 | ABB
GA75 and GAF75 contactors
Technical data
ABB | 3/141
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
3/142 | ABB
GA75 and GAF75 contactors
Technical data
Magnet system characteristics
Contactor types AC operated GA75
Coil operating limits AC supply At 55 C 0.85...1.1 x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 Please also refer to "Mounting characteristics and conditions for use"
AC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc at 50 Hz 24690 V
at 60 Hz 24690 V
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 Hz 180 VA
3
60 Hz 210 VA
50/60 Hz (1) 190 VA / 180 VA
Average holding value 50 Hz 18 VA / 5.5 W
60 Hz 18 VA / 5.5 W
50/60 Hz (1) 18 VA / 5.5 W
Drop-out voltage Approx. 40...65 % of Uc
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 827 ms
N.C. contact opening 722 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 411 ms
N.C. contact closing 714 ms
(1) 50/60 Hz coils: see "Voltage code table".
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
ABB | 3/143
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
3/144 | ABB
GA75 and GAF75 contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated GA75
AC/DC operated GAF75
Main terminals
3
Screw terminals with single connector (13 x 10 mm)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid ( 4 mm) 1x 6...50 mm
Stranded ( 6 mm) 2x 6...25 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1x 6...35 mm
2x 6...16 mm
Bars or lugs L
l L
l>
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 81
Tightening torque Recommended 4.00 Nm / 35 lb.in
Max. 4.50 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Rigid solid 1x 14 mm
2x 14 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1x 12.5 mm
2x 0.752.5 mm
Lugs L 8 mm
l L
l> 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Tightening torque
Coil terminals Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP10
Coil terminals IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
Main terminals M6
Screwdriver type Flat 6.5 / Pozidriv 2
Coil terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
ABB | 3/145
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated GAF185 GAF300 GAF460 GAF750 GAF1250 GAF1650 GAF2050
Main terminals 10
80
Flat type 40
17
3
40
50
27
8
15.5
AF2050
13
25
80
40
27
AF1250 10
17
40
22.5
30
20 25 6
17.5
5 6
5
10
22.5
6.5 12.5 13
8.5 10.2 10.5 6.5 AF750 AF1650
3/146 | ABB
GA75 ... GAF2050 contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
NO 13X
3
1L1 + 1L1 + 13X 21X
NC 21X A1 A1
NC 22X
NO 14X
2T1 2T1 A2 A2
A2 A2 2T1 2T1 14X 22X
+
GAF2050-10
Ith=2050A Ui = 1000V DC
Ie DC-1 = 2050A Ue = 1000V DC
IEC 60947-4-1
EN 60947-4-1
1G1129
A2
Connection bars are sold separately 2T1 14X 22X
ABB | 3/147
GA(F)75 1-pole contactor
70 2.76" 72 2.83"
6 6.5 6.2 0.24"
0.24" 0.26" M6 1/4-20 UNC
3
110 4.33"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
90 3.54"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
0.43"
11
10 0.39" 10
0.39" 5 60 2.36" 5
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 72 2.83" 0.2" 0.2"
3/148 | ABB
GAF185, GAF300 3-pole contactor
3
187 7.36"
196 7.72"
165 6.5"
M5 10-24 UNC
35
1.38"
GAF185-30-11 GAF185-30-11
227 8.94"
187 7.36"
M5 10-24 UNC
43.75 1.72"
GAF300-30-11 GAF300-30-11
ABB | 3/149
GAF460 3-pole contactor
11.5 0.45"
186 7.32" 216 8.5"
25 22.5 6.5 10.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
0.98" 0.89" 0.26" 0.41"
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
63 2.48"
GAF460-30-11
63 2.48"
248 9.76"
M5 10-24 UNC
3/150 | ABB
GAF750 3-pole contactor
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27" 242 9.53"
3
273 10.75"
283 11.14"
72 2.83"
GAF750-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
ABB | 3/151
GAF1250 3-pole contactor
3
344 13.54"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
1SFC101125F0001
1SFC101124F0001
GAF1250-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
1SFC101130F0001
M6 1/4-20 UNC
3/152 | ABB
GAF1650, GAF2050 3-pole contactor
13 0.51"
17 0.67"
13 0.51"
17 0.67"
17 0.67" 17 0.67" 3
30 1.18" 13 30 1.18" 13
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
10 0.39" 0.51" 10 0.39" 0.51"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
GAF1650
AF1350, AF1650 GAF2050
AF2050
AF1350, AF1650 AF2050
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
312 12.28"
80 136 5.35" 9
80 0.35" 136 5.35" 47 910 0.39"
0.35" 47 10 0.39"
3.15" 3.15" 1.85" 1.85"
101 101 244 9.61" 244 9.61"
3.98" 3.98"
438 17.24" 438 17.24"
GAF1650, GAF2050-30-11
136 5.35"
312 12.28"
M8 5/16-18 UMC
ABB | 3/153
Lighting Circuit Switching
Contactor Selection
General
Contactor selection criteria for control of lighting circuits are as follows:
type, power rating and number of lamps,
connection mode,
1SBC101095F0014
3/154 | ABB
Welding Isolation Contactors
Applications
ABB welding isolation contactors are suited to the rugged demands set forth by the automotive industry and
are specifically designed for use in high current welding applications. ABB is the leading contactor supplier
for automotive welding applications.
SB8028C2
3
A 110W
Ordering Details: 3 pole, A.C.
Size Amp Rating Auxiliary Contacts Catalog Weight
Number
Coil voltages and codes : A 110W ... A 300W Coil voltage and codes: AF 460W
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Code
Code
50Hz 60Hz 50/60Hz V d.c.
24 24 8 1 24 ... 60 6 8(1)
48 48 8 3 48 ... 130 48 ... 130 6 9
110 110 ... 120 8 4 100 ... 250 100 ... 250 7 0
220 ... 230 230 ... 240 8 0 (1) The connection polarities indicated
400 ... 415 480 5 1 close to the coil terminals must be re-
500 600 5 5 spected: A1 for the positive pole and A2
for the negative pole.
ABB | 3/155
Drive Contactors
Type DA, EHDB
Description
Drive contactors are specifically designed for use with solid state D.C. adjustable speed drive systems. In
drive applications, the contactor is not required to make or break the load during normal operation. The N.C.
contact is used for dynamic braking applications.
EHDB280
3 Pole - 60 to 960 A 3 pole (2 NO & 1 NC)
(600V N.O. rating with 300V NC dynamic breaking rating)(1)
Amp Maximum HP Maximum Amp Aux. Contacts Order Code Weight
Rating Rating Rating N.C. Contact Fitted
Coil voltages and codes DC Magnet coils (price adder per contactor)
Voltage (V) DA/DAE EHDB Contactor Size List Price
60Hz Voltage code: Voltage code:
DAE75
24 81 F
EHDB220 - EHDB280
120 84 1
EHDB360
208 34 B
EHDB520
240 80 2
480 51 4 EHDB650 - EHDB960
600 55 6
DC 24 81 Y
125 87 Q
250 38 S
(1) Contactors are supplied standard less lugs
3/156 | ABB
Technical Data for Drive Contactors
Type DA, EHDB
CONTACTOR MODEL NUMBER DA75 EHDB220 EHDB280 EHDB360 EHDB520 EHDB650 EHDB800 EHDB960
Similar A, EH Contactor Frame Size A75 EH175 EH210 EH260 EH450 EH550 EH700 EH800
N.O. Poles, Amps @ 500VDC 60 220 280 360 520 650 800 960
240 VDC, HP 15 60 75 100 150 150
500 VDC, HP 30 125 150 200 300 400 500 600 3
600 VDC, HP 150 200 250 300 400 600 700
Max. Temperature of N.O. Pole Terminal 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C
N.C. Pole, 600V MAKE, Max. Amps 90 330 420 525 780 975 1200 1440
N.C. Pole, 300V BREAK, Max. Amps 55 165 210 263 390 488 600 720
Max. Temperature of N.O. Pole Terminal 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C 100C
Connectable wire size
Main Poles with Lugs 8-1 8 - 3/0 6 - 250 MCM 4 - 500 MCM (2) 4 - 500 MCM (2) 4 - 500 MCM (3) 2 - 600 MCM (3) 2 - 600MCM
Auxiliary Contacts, min./max. 18 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10 16 - 10
DC Rating Information
Peak Interrupting Current, N.O. Poles 850 850 850 3200 3200 3200 3200
Max. Thermal Current, N.O. Poles 60 220 280 360 520 650 800 960
Auxiliary Contacts
NEMA Rating A600 A600 A600 A600 A600 A600 A600 A600
A.C. rated voltage, V 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
A.C. thermal rated current, A 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
A.C. maximum making, VA 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200
A.C. maximum breaking, VA 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720
NEMA Rating P600 P600 P600 P600 P600 P600 P600 P600
D.C. rated voltage, V 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
D.C. thermal rated current, A 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
D.C. maximum make-break, A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Min. breakdown A.C. RMS voltage
2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
between live parts and ground
Minimum permissable load, 17V, A 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005
Min. expected mechanical life (mil.) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Min. expected electrical life (mil.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. Wire Size on Terminals @ 2/Term. 10 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG
Max. Operations per hour 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
A.C. power consumption
Inrush 60 Hz, VA 210 900 900 1200 2900 2900 4000 4000
Holding 60 Hz, VA 18 25 55 70 105 105 140 140
Holding 60 Hz, W 5.5 10 11 22 44 44 60 60
D.C. power consumption
Inrush, W 450 450 630 800 800 1100 1100
Holding, W 22 18 20 20 20 20 20
A.C. operating time, ms (milliseconds)
Closing ms 8 - 27 20 - 30 20 - 30 20 - 30 30 - 50 30 - 50 30 - 50 30 - 50
Opening ms 4 - 11 7 - 15 7 - 15 7 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20 10 - 20 10 - 20
D.C. Operating time, ms (milliseconds)
Closing ms 30 - 40 30 - 40 30 - 40 60 - 80 60 - 80 60 - 80 60 - 80
Opening ms 17 - 27 27 - 37 27 - 37 10 - 20 55 - 75 55 - 75 55 - 75
General Data
Approximate Weight, lbs 2.4 9.2 9.2 13 27.3 27.3 37 38
Temperature Limits
Maximum operating temperature 50C 70C 70C 70C 70C 70C 70C 70C
Minimum operating temperature -25C -40C -40C -40C -40C -40C -40C -40C
Minimum storage temperature -40C -50C -50C -50C -50C -50C -50C -50C
Minimum Breakdown AC RMS Voltage 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
Operating Altitude; Max Feet 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000
Contactor Life
Mechanical endurance (mil.), @ no load 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Electrical endurance (mil.) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Frequency of operations (per hour) 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
ABB | 3/157
4
2 | ABB
4/0 | ABB
NF 4-pole and 8-pole contactor relays
ABB | 4/1
NF 4-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated
Description
NF contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
4 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
1SBC101104F0014
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
NF22E
-- reduced panel energy consumption
4 -- very distinct closing and opening.
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Order code Weight
voltage
Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
(1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
24...60 20...60 (1) NF22E-11 0.27
A1 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO 48...130 48...130 NF22E-12 0.27
NO NC NC NO
100...250 100...250 NF22E-13 0.27
A2 14 22 32 44
250...500 250...500 NF22E-14 0.31
24...60 20...60 (1) NF31E-11 0.27
A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NO NO 48...130 48...130 NF31E-12 0.27
NO NC NO NO 100...250 100...250 NF31E-13 0.27
A2 14 22 34 44
250...500 250...500 NF31E-14 0.31
24...60 20...60 (1) NF40E-11 0.27
48...130 48...130 NF40E-12 0.27
A1 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO
100...250 100...250 NF40E-13 0.27
A2 14 24 34 44
250...500 250...500 NF40E-14 0.31
(1) NF..E-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
4/2 | ABB
NFZ 4-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated - low consumption
Description
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
4 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
1SBC101104F0014
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
-- can manage large control voltage variations
-- only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz and 12...250 V DC
NFZ22E -- allow direct control by PLC-output 24 V DC 500 mA
-- reduced panel energy consumption 4
-- very distinct closing and opening
-- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
built-in surge suppression
add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Order code Weight
voltage
Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
(1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
12...20 NFZ22E-20 0.31
A1 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO 24...60 20...60 NFZ22E-21 0.31
NO NC NC NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ22E-22 0.31
A2 14 22 32 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ22E-23 0.31
12...20 NFZ31E-20 0.31
A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NO NO 24...60 20...60 NFZ31E-21 0.31
NO NC NO NO 48...130 48...130 NFZ31E-22 0.31
A2 14 22 34 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ31E-23 0.31
12...20 NFZ40E-20 0.31
24...60 20...60 NFZ40E-21 0.31
A1 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ40E-22 0.31
A2 14 24 34 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ40E-23 0.31
Note: Only NFZ contactor relays with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
ABB | 4/3
NF 4-pole contactor relays
Main accessories
NF contactor relay
4
TEF4
Electronic timer
BX4-CA
Protective cover
BX4-CA
CAL4-11 Protective cover
CA4
2-pole auxiliary
4-pole auxiliary
contact block
contact block
CA4, CC4
1-pole auxiliary
BX4 contact block
Protective cover
4/4 | ABB
NF 4-pole contactor relays
Main accessories
Ordering details (1)
For contactor relays Auxiliary contacts Order code Pkg Weight
1SBC101108F0014
qty (1 pce)
kg
1 3 CA4-13N 1 0.06 4
NF..40E 0 4 CA4-04N 1 0.06
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
CA4-22N
4-pole NF 1 0 CC4-10 1 0.02
0 1 CC4-01 1 0.02
For contactors Time delay Delay Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
range type contacts qty (1 pce)
selected by
switch
kg
CAL4-11
Electronic timers
NF 0.1...1s ON-delay 1 1 TEF4-ON 1 0.07
1...10s
10...100s OFF-delay 1 1 TEF4-OFF 1 0.07
1SBC101392F0014
TEF4-ON
Protective covers
All 1-stack contactor relays BX4 10 0.01
4-pole CA4 auxiliary contact blocks and TEF4 electronic timer BX4-CA 50 0.01
(1) For more information, refer to "Accessories" section.
1SBC101133F0014
LDC4
1SBC101136F0014
BX4
1SBC101138F0014
BX4-CA
ABB | 4/5
NF 8-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated
Description
NF contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
8 poles with a permanently fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block. Contactor relays have mechanically
linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
1SBC101105F0014
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
24...60 20...60 (1) NF44E-11 0.32
A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
48...130 48...130 NF44E-12 0.32
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
100...250 100...250 NF44E-13 0.32
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
250...500 250...500 NF44E-14 0.36
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81
24...60 20...60 (1) NF53E-11 0.32
A1
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
48...130 48...130 NF53E-12 0.32
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
100...250 100...250 NF53E-13 0.32
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
250...500 250...500 NF53E-14 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
24...60 20...60 (1) NF62E-11 0.32
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
48...130 48...130 NF62E-12 0.32
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
100...250 100...250 NF62E-13 0.32
A2
250...500 250...500 NF62E-14 0.36
14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83
24...60 20...60 (1) NF71E-11 0.32
A1
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
48...130 48...130 NF71E-12 0.32
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
100...250 100...250 NF71E-13 0.32
A2
250...500 250...500 NF71E-14 0.36
14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
4/6 | ABB
NFZ 8-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated Low consumption
Description
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
8 poles with a permanently fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block. Contactor relays have mechanically
linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
1SBC101105F0014
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
12...20 NFZ44E-20 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
24...60 20...60 NFZ44E-21 0.36
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
48...130 48...130 NFZ44E-22 0.36
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
100...250 100...250 NFZ44E-23 0.36
12...20 NFZ53E-20 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
24...60 20...60 NFZ53E-21 0.36
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
48...130 48...130 NFZ53E-22 0.36
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
100...250 100...250 NFZ53E-23 0.36
12...20 NFZ62E-20 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
24...60 20...60 NFZ62E-21 0.36
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ62E-22 0.36
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
100...250 100...250 NFZ62E-23 0.36
12...20 NFZ71E-20 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
24...60 20...60 NFZ71E-21 0.36
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ71E-22 0.36
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
100...250 100...250 NFZ71E-23 0.36
12...20 NFZ80E-20 0.36
A1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
24...60 20...60 NFZ80E-21 0.36
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ80E-22 0.36
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
100...250 100...250 NFZ80E-23 0.36
Note: Only NFZ contactor relays with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
ABB | 4/7
NF 8-pole contactor relays
Main accessories
NF contactor relay
BX4-CA
Protective cover
2-pole CAL4-11
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor relay Main Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles Auxiliary contact blocks Auxiliary contact blocks
4/8 | ABB
NF 8-pole contactor relays
Main accessories
kg
Protective covers
NF BX4-CA 50 0.01
LDC4 (1) For more information, refer to "Accessories" section.
1SBC101138F0014
BX4-CA
ABB | 4/9
NF contactor relays
Technical data
4/10 | ABB
NF contactor relays
Technical data
Mounting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF
Mounting positions Pos. 2 +30 -30
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
ABB | 4/11
NF contactor relays
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF
Main terminals
4/12 | ABB
Auxiliary contacts for safety circuits
Type
NF 22 E 2 2
NF 31 E 3 1
NF 44 E 4 4
NF 53 E 5 3
NF 62 E 6 2
NF 71 E 7 1
ABB | 4/13
NF contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 13 21 31 43 A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
13 21 31 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
51 61 71 81 A2 14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44
NF..22E NF..31E
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
4 14 22
A1
32
A2
44 14 22
A1
34
A2
44 14 24
A1
34
A2
44 14 24
A1
34
A2
44
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
NF..53E NF..62E
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
A1 13 21 33 43 53
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1 A2 14 22 34 44 54
NO NO NC NC NC NC
Combination 41 E
= + = + +
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
14 22 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62
A1 13 23 33 43 13X 21X
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC
13X 13 23 33 43 13X 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC
21X 21X 53 61 71 83 53 61 71 83 A2 14 24 34 44 14X 22X
NC NC Combination 51 E
= + NO NC NC NO = + NO NC NC NO
NC NC
22X 22X 54 62 72 84 54 62 72 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14X 14 24 34 44 14X 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
Note: Only NFZ contactor relays with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole
4/14 | ABB
NF add-on auxiliary contacts
Terminal marking and positioning
-1 -3 -5 -7
NC NO NC NO
-2 -4 -6 -8
4
2-pole auxiliary contacts
NO NC NC NO
14X / 22X /
43X 31X
32X / 44X /
21X 13X
CAL4-11 CAL4-11
(Left side-mounted) (Right side-mounted)
53 61 71 81
NO NC NC NC
54 62 72 82
CA4-13N
53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO
54 64 74 84
CA4-40N
53 61 73 83
NO NC NO NO
54 62 74 84
CA4-31N
53 61 71 83
NO NC NC NO
54 62 72 84
CA4-22N
51 61 71 81
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82
CA4-04N
ABB | 4/15
NF contactor relays
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + CAL4-11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E NF..44E, NF..53E, NF..62E, NF..71E, NF..80E
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block
133.5 5.26"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
4/16 | ABB
4
ABB | 4/17
5
2 | ABB
5/0 | ABB
Accessories for AF09 AF2650 3-pole contactors,
AF09 ... AF370 4-pole contactors and NF contactor relays
ABB | 5/1
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and
NF contactor relays
Description
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for standard
1SBC100001V0014
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting:
CA4 1 or 4-pole block, with instantaneous N.O., N.C. contacts
CA4-10 CC4 1-pole block, with N.O. leading contact or N.C. lagging contact
CAT4 2-pole block, with instantaneous N.O. + N.C. contacts and A1 / A2 coil terminal connection on
front face.
Select the 4-pole auxiliary contact blocks CA4-..E, CA4-..M, CA4-..U or CA4-..N type, according to the
contactor or contactor relay type for compliance with the standard requirements (see "Terminal marking and
1SBC100007V0014
positioning").
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
5 CAL4 2-pole block, with instantaneous N.O. + N.C. contacts.
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
CAL4-11
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open, protected
against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
CA4-22E
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
AF09 ... AF96 1 0 CA4-10 1 0.02
4-pole NF 0 1 CA4-01 1 0.02
AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 2 2 CA4-22M 1 0.06
3 1 CA4-31M 1 0.06
1SBC100002V0014
1 3 CA4-13M 1 0.06
0 4 CA4-04M 1 0.06
AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 2 2 CA4-22E 1 0.06
AF09 ... AF38..-40-00 3 1 CA4-31E 1 0.06
CAT4-11E AF09 ... AF38..-22-00 4 0 CA4-40E 1 0.06
AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 0 4 CA4-04E 1 0.06
AF09 ... AF16..-40-00
AF09 ... AF16..-30-01 2 2 CA4-22U 1 0.06
3 1 CA4-31U 1 0.06
4 0 CA4-40U 1 0.06
4-pole NF 2 2 CA4-22N 1 0.06
3 1 CA4-31N 1 0.06
4 0 CA4-40N 1 0.06
1 3 CA4-13N 1 0.06
NF..40E 0 4 CA4-04N 1 0.06
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
AF09 ... AF96 1 0 CC4-10 1 0.02
4-pole NF 0 1 CC4-01 1 0.02
5/2 | ABB
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and
NF contactor relays
Technical data
Contact utilization characteristics according to UL / CSA
Types 1-pole CA4, 1-pole CC4, 4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4, 2-pole CAL4
Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 N14
Max. operational voltage 600 V AC, 600 V DC
Pilot duty A600, Q600
AC thermal rated current 10 A
AC maximum volt-ampere making 7200 VA
AC maximum volt-ampere breaking 720 VA
DC thermal rated current 2.5 A
DC maximum volt-ampere making-breaking 69 VA
Connecting characteristics
Types 1-pole CA4, 1-pole CC4, 4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4, 2-pole CAL4
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1...2.5 mm
2x 1...2.5 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...1.5 mm
L Lugs L< 8 mm
6
ABB | 5/3
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays
Description
1SBC101030V0014
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for severe
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting:
CE5 1-pole block, instantaneous with N.O. contact or N.C. contact, available in 2 IP degrees
CE5-10W
-- CE5 D with built-in microswitch IP40, degree of protection (IP20 on terminals)
-- CE5 W with built-in microswitch IP67, degree of protection (IP20 on terminals).
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open, protecteda-
gainst accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
AF09 ... AF96 1 CE5-10D0.1 1 0.02
NF 1 CE5-01D0.1 1 0.02
1 CE5-10D2 1 0.02
1 CE5-01D2 1 0.02
1 CE5-10W0.1 1 0.02
1 CE5-01W0.1 1 0.02
1 CE5-10W2 1 0.02
1 CE5-01W2 1 0.02
(1) For each contactor type, refer to "Accessory fitting details" table.
5/4 | ABB
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
Technical data
Front mounted
Types 1-pole CE5-..0.1 1-pole CE5-..2
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1...4 mm
2x 1...4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
l L Lugs L 7.7 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Connecting capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 xAWG 18...14
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and Microswitches IP40 for CE5-..D0.1 IP40 for CE5-..D2
IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP67 for CE5-..W0.1 IP67 for CE5-..W2
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
(1) HRC fuses for very fast action (6.3 x 32 mm size).
ABB | 5/5
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
For AF contactors
Main accessory fitting details
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electrical and Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts mechanical interlock set
1-pole CA4 (Between 2 contactors) Left side Right side
1-pole CE5 1-pole CC4 VEM4 2-pole CAL4-11
5/6 | ABB
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
ABB | 5/7
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2650 contactors
Description
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for standard
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
CAL 2-pole block, with instantaneous N.O. + N.C. contacts.
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
1SFC101071V0001
The CAL ...-11B is a second block for mounting in addition to a first CAL ...-11 block, right- and/or left-hand
of the AF116 ... AF2650 contactors.
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open, protected
CAL19-11 against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
Ordering details
For contactors Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
5 kg
CAL18-11
5/8 | ABB
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2650 contactors
Technical data
Types CAL18 CAL19
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Solid / stranded 1x 1...4 mm
2x 1...4 mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Lugs L 8 mm
l L
l> 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG18...14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
ABB | 5/9
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF400 ... AF2650 contactors
for severe industrial environments
Description
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary and control circuits for severe industrial
environments.
1SFC101083V0001
5/10 | ABB
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF400 ... AF2650 contactors
for severe industrial environments
Technical data
Types CEL18
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1...4 mm
1x
1...4 mm
2x
Flexible with ferrule 0.75...2.5 mm
1x
0.75...2.5 mm
2x
Lugs 7.7 mm
L
l L
3.7 mm
l>
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 Microswitches IP67
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
(1) or HRC fuses for very fast action (6.3 x 32 mm size).
ABB | 5/11
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and
NF contactor relays
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-15 utilization category
AC-15 utilization category according to IEC 60947-5-1 / EN 60947-5-1:
making current: 10 x Ie with cos = 0.7 and Ue
breaking current: Ie with cos = 0.4 and Ue.
These curves represent the electrical durability of the built-in or add-on auxiliary contacts in relation to the breaking current.
The curves have been drawn for resistive and inductive loads up to 690 V, 40...60 Hz.
30
20
2
2-pole CAL4 add-on auxiliary contacts.
1
0.5 Example:
0.3
0.2
Breaking current = 1 A
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 1 A the
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 2
Breaking current (A)
millions operating cycles.
30
20
NF contactor relays.
10
(For add on auxiliary contacts see curve above).
5
3
Million operating cycles
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
Breaking current (A)
20
6
10.10 cycles
10
Example:
5
Control of DC electro-magnet:
Ue voltage = 72 V DC and breaking power = 70 W.
2
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 72 V / 70 W the cor-
1
10 20 24 50 72 100 200 250 500 responding value for the electrical durability is approximately 2
Voltage (V) millions operating cycles.
5/12 | ABB
Auxiliary contacts for AF116 ... AF2650 contactors
Electrical durability
30
20 AF116 ... AF2650 contactors auxiliary contacts
10
2-pole CAL18 and CAL19 add-on auxiliary contacts
5 5
3 Example:
Million operating cycles
2.7
2 Breaking current = 1.2 A
1 On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 1.2 A the
0.5 corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately
0.3 2.7 millions operating cycles.
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
1.2
Breaking current (A)
ABB | 5/13
Add-on auxiliary contacts
Terminal marking and positioning
-1 -3 -5 -7
NC NO NC NO
-2 -4 -6 -8
5 NO NC NC NO NC NO NO NC NO NC
14X / 22X / 22 34 14 22 -4 -2
43X 31X
32X / 44X /
21X 13X
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 21 31 41 53 3 3 3 3 53 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
14 24 34 44 22 32 42 54 4 4 4 4 54 62 72 82
13 21 33 43 21 33 43 53 3 1 3 3 53 63 73 83
NO NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 22 34 44 22 34 44 54 4 2 4 4 54 64 74 84
13 21 31 43 21 31 43 53 3 1 1 3 53 61 73 83
NO NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
14 22 32 44 22 32 44 54 4 2 2 4 54 62 74 84
11 21 31 41 21 31 41 51 53 61 71 83
NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NO NC NC NO
12 22 32 42 22 32 42 52 54 62 72 84
51 61 71 81
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82
CA4-04N
5/14 | ABB
Electronic timers
Description
TEF4 frontal electronic timers are used for realizing timing function and are available in ON-delay and OFF-
1sbc100004V0014
delay versions.
Compact solution in cabinet compared to separate timers
TEF4 electronic timers are front-mounted and locked on AF contactors or NF contactor relays.
A mechanical indicator allows to show the state of the contactor.
TEF4-ON
Safe and cost-reduced wiring
TEF4 electronic timers are supplied by a direct plug-in parallel connection to the coil terminals A1 - A2 of the
contactor or contactor relay. A varistor is integrated on the timer to offer a built-in protection against surges
in the contactor coil.
Available for a wide control voltage range 24...240 V AC/DC
TEF4-ON or TEF4-OFF allow time-delayed functions up to 100s in 3 distinct time ranges, independently
of the control system. The time delay ranges are selected by a switch and the time delay can be adjusted 5
by means of a rotary switch. The timing function is activated by closing or opening the device on which the
timer is mounted. The OFF-delay version operates without additional control supply.
Ordering details
1SBC100012V0014
For contactors, Time delay Delay Rated control Auxiliary Order code Weight
contactor relays range type circuit voltage contacts
selected by Uc Pkg
switch (1 pce)
TEF4-OFF V 50/60 Hz or DC kg
AF09 ... AF96 0.1...1s ON-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4-ON 0.065
NF 1...10s
10...100s OFF-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4-OFF 0.065
ABB | 5/15
Electronic timers
Technical data
t t
5/16 | ABB
Electronic timers
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1...2.5mm 5
2x 1...2.5mm
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5mm
2x 0.75...2.5mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5mm
2x 0.75...1.5mm
Lugs L 8mm
l L
l> 3.7mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length 10mm
Tightening torque 1.2N.m / 11 lb.in
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals should be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Terminal Marking 55 NC 67 NO 55 NC 67 NO
A1 A1
KM1 KM1
A2 A2
56 NC 68 NO 56 NC 68 NO
ABB | 5/17
Interlocks
1SBC100010V0014
Ordering details
For contactors Mounting Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Ordering details
01 NC 01NC
For contactors Auxiliary Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
KM1 KM2 kg
A2 A2
Mechanical and electrical interlock set
VEM4
For same size contactors: 0 2 VEM4 1 0.04
AF09 ... AF16..-30-..
AF26 ... AF38..-30-00
AF09, AF16..-40-00
AF26, AF38..-40-00
1SBC100013V0014
Fixing clips
AF09 ... AF38 BB4 50 0.01
Note: VEM4 not suitable for AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC.
BB4
5/18 | ABB
Interlocks
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Types VEM4
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1...2.5 mm
2x 1...2.5 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm
2x 0.75...1.5 mm
L Lugs L< 8 mm
6
ABB | 5/19
Impulse contact blocks
Description
Impulse contact blocks are designed for use in enclosures, in association with an adjustable mechanical
pushbutton. Two types are available:
CB5-10: N.O. contact with a black actuator ("ON" function)
CB5-01: N.C. contact with a light grey actuator ("OFF" function).
1SBC100039V0014
These blocks are equipped with 2 connecting leads 0.5 mm2 with end, approximately 18 cm long.
Mounting: Clipped onto the front face of the contactors.
CB5
Ordering details
For contactors Contacts Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
5 kg
36 1.42"
CB5-10 CB5-01
5/20 | ABB
Notes
ABB | 5/21
Mechanical latching units
Description
For converting standard contactors into latched contactors.
The WB75-A block contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching (AC or
1SBC100040V0014
E1 E2
Ordering details
Terminal marking
For contactors Rated control circuit Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V 50 Hz
or DC V 60 Hz kg
AF09 ... AF65 24 24...28 WB75-A01 1 0.12
NF 42 42...48 WB75-A02 1 0.12
48 48...55 WB75-A03 1 0.12
110 110...127 WB75-A04 1 0.12
220...230 220...255 WB75-A06 1 0.12
230...240 230...277 WB75-A05 1 0.12
380...415 380...440 WB75-A07 1 0.12
415...440 440...480 WB75-A08 1 0.12
Note: For WB75-A produced since week 06-2012.
5/22 | ABB
Mechanical latching units
Technical data
Type WB75-A
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1...4 mm, 16...12 AWG
2x 1...4 mm, 16...12 AWG
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm, 18...14 AWG
2x 0.75...2.5 mm, 18...14 AWG
Lugs L< 8 mm
l L
l> 3.5 mm
Tightening torque
Recommended 1 Nm
Max. 1.2 Nm
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
ABB | 5/23
Other accessories
1SBC100020V0014
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
LDC4
Additional coil terminal blocks for a bottom access to the coil terminals of contactors or contactor relays.
AF09 ... AF96, NF LDC4 10 0.01
BX4
Protective covers
Sealable and transparent protective covers BX4 and non-removable BX4-CA to protect the devices against
5 accidental contact.
1SBC100023V0014
AF09 ... AF96 1-stack contactors and NF contactor relays BX4 10 0.01
4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4 auxiliary contact blocks and BX4-CA 50 0.01
TEF4 electronic timer
BX4-CA Note: BX4 produced since 13045 (day 045 - year 2013) are suitable for AF40 ... AF96.
Box of 16 blank cards (16 markers by card) printable on HTP500 thermal transfer printer and AMS 500 mark-
ing table to identify your contactors, overload relays or manual motor starters.
Marker dimensions: 7 x 20 mm (.276" x .787").
AF09 ... AF370 contactors, TF thermal overload relays, EF electronic overload relays BA4 16 0.01
BA4 and MS116, MS132 manual motor starters
AMS 500 support plate for 8 BA4 SPRC 1 1 0.22
HTP500 support plate HTP500-BA4 1 0.29
1SBC100044V0014
44.8 1.76"
6
0.24"
28 1.10"
BX4
5/24 | ABB
Other accessories
1SBC100022V0014
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
BP38-4
Mounting pieces
Mounting piece for replacing installed contactors fixed by screws by AF contactors.
1SBC100041V0014
BDT4
For AF80 ... AF96
45 1.77"
100 3.94"
147.7 5.81"
90 3.54"
119.5 4.70"
136 5.35"
126 4.96"
4.6 0.18"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
90 3.54"
6.2 0.24"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
4.6 0.18"
4.2 0.17"
5 0.20"
M4 8-32 UNC
5 0.20"
6.2 0.24"
5 0.20" 5 0.20" M6 1/4-20 UNC
54 2.13" 70 2.76" 90 3.54"
ABB | 5/25
Terminal shrouds
Description
Main terminal protection for AF116 ... AF1250 contactors.
1SFC101038V0001
The auxiliary contact blocks and coils are designed to provide an IP 20 degree of protection.
The main terminals, equipped with compression lugs or cable clamps, can be protected against accidental
direct contact after wiring (EN 50274) by the addition of terminal shrouds (see table below).
LT140-30L
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
5 qty (1 pce)
1SFC101041V0001
kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140, with compression lugs LT140-30L 2 0.07
AF190, AF205, with cable clamps LT205-30C 2 0.05
LT370-30C AF190, AF205, with compression lugs LT205-30L 2 0.22
AF190, AF205, with shorting bar or between contactor OL relay LT205-30Y 1 0.05
AF265 ... AF370, with cable clamps LT370-30C 2 0.04
AF265 ... AF370, with compression lugs LT370-30L 2 0.28
AF265 ... AF370, with shorting bar or between contactor and OL relay LT370-30Y 1 0.08
AF265 ... AF370, for use with extending cable clamps, ATK300/2 LT370-30D 1 0.15
AF400, AF460 with cable clamps LT460-AC 2 0.10
1SFC101089V0001
5/26 | ABB
Additional terminal blocks
1SBC100038V0014
Description
The LD terminal block is designed to increase the connecting capacity of 3-pole AF26 ... AF38 contactors on
which it is fitted and for preparation of the wiring before final connection to the contactor.
LD38-4 blocks are 3-pole terminal blocks with tunnel terminals.
LD38-4
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF26 ... AF38 LD38-4 2 0.07
5
Technical data
Types LD38-4
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Main terminals
30 1.18"
125 4.92"
102 4.02"
ABB | 5/27
Connections
Terminal enlargements
Description
Enlargement pieces designed to increase the width of the contactor terminal pads in order to allow larger
connections to be mounted.
1SFC101050V0001
Ordering details
For contactors Dimensions Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
hole bar
LW140 mm mm kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 6.5 13 x 3 LW140 1 0.12
AF190, AF205 10.5 17.5 x 5 LW205 1 0.26
AF265 ... AF370 10.5 20 x 5 LW370 1 0.34
AF400, AF460 10.5 25 x 5 LW460 1 0.73
AF580, AF750 13 40 x 6 LW750 1 1.23
AF1250 13 50 x 10 LW1250 1 2.00
5 4-pole contactors
AF190 ... AF205 10.5 20 x 5 LW205-40 1 0.31
AF265 ... AF370 10.5 25 x 5 LW370-40 1 0.54
Terminal extension
Description
Extension pieces designed to extend the main terminals of contactors for combined mounting of contactors
1SFC101049V0001
Connection sockets
Description
1SFC101073V0001
Connection socket can be used to replace built-in cable clamps in AF116 ... AF140.
Ordering details
For contactor Order code Pkg Weight
LL146-30 qty (1 pce)
kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 LL146-30 6 0.10
4-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 LL146-40 8 0.13
AF190 ... AF205 LL205-40 2 0.22
AF265 ... AF370 LL370-40 2 0.23
1SFC101046V0001
Connection module
Description
LD146-30
Connection module can be fixed on AF116 ... AF140 delivered with bar terminals.
Ordering details
For contactor Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 LD146-30 2 0.17
4-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 LD146-40 2 0.23
5/28 | ABB
Terminal connecting strips and shorting bars
1SBC100024V0014
Description
Parallel and series connection of 3-pole contactors:
To obtain a star point (3 parallel-connected poles)
To connect poles in parallel and thus increase the AC load passing through the flow path made up of the
LY16-4 parallel-connected poles: LP, LY.
The relevant cable cross-sectional area may limit the maximum permissible current. Consult information in
table below
To connect poles in series and thus increase the DC load controlled by the poles: LP, LY (only LY16-4 and
LY38-4 secable strips).
1SFC101088V0001
Ordering details 5
For contactors max. nominal continuous current with "n" Cable Order code Pkg Weight
poles cross-section- qty (1 pce)
1SBC100035V0014
ABB | 5/29
Connection accessories for starting solutions
Description
The BEA insulated 3-pole connecting links are used to connect AF09 ... AF65 contactors with the MS116,
MS132 or MS165 manual motor starters.
BEA16-4 The BEA insulated 3-pole connecting links ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between the
contactor and the associated manual motor starter.
Ordering details
For 3-pole contactors Manual motor starter Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09 ... AF16 MS116-0.16 MS116-25, BEA16-4 10 0.03
MS132-0.16 MS132-25
1SBC100016V0014
Ordering details
For 3-pole contactors Order code Pkg Weight
BER, BEM qty (1 pce)
Reversing connections
kg
AF09 ... AF16 BER16-4 1 0.045
AF26 ... AF38 BER38-4 1 0.100
AF40 ... AF65 BER65-4 1 0.175
AF80, AF96 BER96-4 1 0.250
AF116 ... AF140 BER140-4 1 0.615
1SFC101052V0001
BEP140-30
Phase to phase connections
Description
The BEP and BES connection sets are used to connect phase to phase the main poles of two 3 contactors
mounted side by side.
A1
1 3 5 1 3 5
A1 The BEP connection sets are made up of 1 upstream or downstream connections.
2 4 6 2 4 6
The BES connection sets are made up of 3 upstream or downstream connections.
A2 A2 BEP and BES connection sets are insulated and made of solid copper bars.
Ordering details
BEP, BES For 3-pole contactors Order code Pkg Weight
Phase to phase connections qty (1 pce)
kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 AF140 BEP140-30 1 0.32
AF190, AF205 BEP205-30 1 0.53
AF265 AF370 BEP370-30 1 0.93
AF400, AF460 BES460 1 2.20
AF580, AF750 BES750 1 3.70
4-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 BEP140-30 1 0.42
AF190 ... AF205 BEP205-30 1 0.71
AF265 ... AF370 BEP370-30 1 1.23
5/30 | ABB
Connection sets for star-delta starter
Description
The BEY and BED connection sets are used to connect the main poles of the Line, Delta and Star contactors
of a star-delta starter.
1SBC100018V0014
The connection sets are made up of:
Line contactor / delta contactor:
-- BEY: upstream phase-to-phase connection
-- BED: upstream connection in parallel
BEY16-4 Delta contactor / star contactor: downstream connection in parallel
Star contactor: star point upstream
Insulated, solid copper bar.
Ordering details
For 3-pole line, delta & star contactors Interlock unit between delta Order code Pkg Weight
& star contactors qty (1 pce)
A1
1 3 5
A1
1 3 5
A1
1 3 5 kg
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
AF09 ... AF16 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY16-4 1 0.05 5
AF26 ... AF38 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY38-4 1 0.11
AF09 ... AF370 AF40 ... AF65 With or without VM96-4 BEY65-4 1 0.20
Line-delta-star connection AF80, AF96 With or without VM96-4 BEY96-4 1 0.25
AF116 ... AF140 With or without VM19 BEY140-4 1 1.04
AF190 ... AF205 (line and delta) With or without VM140/190 BEY190-4 1 1.15
AF140 (star)
AF190, AF205 With or without VM19 BEY205-4 1 1.21
AF265 ... AF370 (line and delta) With or without VM205/265 BEY265-4 1 2.02
AF190 ... AF205 (star)
A1
1 3 5
A1
1 3 5
A1
1 3 5 AF265 ... AF370 With or without VM19 BEY370-4 1 2.11
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
AF400 ... AF460 With or without VM750H BED460 1 4.70
AF580 ... AF750 (line and delta) With or without VM750H BED580 1 6.30
AF400 ... AF750 AF400 ... AF460 (star)
Star-delta-line connection AF580 ... AF750 With or without VM750H BED750 1 7.70
ABB | 5/31
Connection bars
Ordering details
BEA140/XT2 For contactors MCCB Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
1SFC101064V0001
Vertical assembly
AF116 ... AF140 XT2 BEA140/XT2 1 0.06
5 AF116 ... AF140 XT4 BEA140/XT4 1 0.07
AF190, AF205 XT4 BEA205/XT4 1 0.20
BEA205/T4
AF190, AF205 T4 BEA205/T4 1 0.19
AF265 ... AF370 T5 BEA370/T5 1 0.35
AF400 ... AF750 T6 BEA750/T6 1 0.41
AF400 ... AF750 T5 BEA750/T5 1 0.41
1SFC101065V0001
Vertical assembly with control wire terminals (also suitable when using busbar kits for starter combinations)
AF400 ... AF750 T5 BEA750D/T5 1 0.72
AF400 ... AF750 T6 BEA750D/T6 1 0.72
BEA370/T5
Horizontal assembly (also suitable when using busbar kits for starter combinations)
AF400, AF460 T4 BEA460H/T4 1 2.45
Ordering details
For contactors Switch fuse Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Vertical assembly
AF400, AF460 OESA400 BEF460/OESA400 1 0.34
AF460 ... AF750 OESA630 to OESA800 BEF750/OESA800 1 0.74
Horizontal assembly
AF400, AF460 OESA400...LR OESA460H/OESA400 1 1.25
5/32 | ABB
Mounting plates
Description
Mounting plates with fixing holes for the specified contactors and overload relays.
1SFC101087V0001
Ordering details
For contactors For Order code Pkg Weight
overload relays qty (1 pce)
kg
PN460
Mounting plates for Direct on line starters
AF400, AF460 EF460 PN460-11 1 2.12
AF580, AF750 EF750 PN750-11 1 2.50
5
For two contactors side For one or two Order code Pkg Weight
by side with space for overload relays qty (1 pce)
mechanical interlock
kg
Mounting plates for mechanical interlocked contactors, reversing starters and two speed starters for
double windings
AF400, AF460 EF460 PN460-21 1 3.49
AF580, AF750 EF750 PN750-21 1 4.23
kg
Mounting plates for star-delta starters and two speed starters for single windings
AF400, AF460 AF400 EF460 PN460-41 1 5.31
AF580, AF750 AF400 ... AF580 EF750 PN750-41 1 6.32
(1) Space for mechanical interlock included.
ABB | 5/33
Adapter plates
Description
Adapter plates with fixing holes for replacing installed contactors.
1SFC101048V0001
Ordering details
From contactors To contactor Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
PR146-1 kg
A95, AF95, A110, AF110 AF116, AF140 PR146-1 1 0.30
EH150, EH160, EH175, EH210, EG160 AF190, AF205 PR210-1 1 0.44
EH250, EH260, EH300 AF265, AF305, AF370 PR300-1 1 0.56
EH370, EH550, EG315 AF400, AF460, AF580 PR460-1 1 0.90
EH700, EH800 AF750 PR750-1 1 0.50
5 OKYM150, OKYM175 AF190 PR185-2 1 0.50
OKYM200, OKYM250 AF265, AF305, AF370 PR300-2 1 0.50
OKYM315 AF400, AF460 PR400-2 1 0.82
OKYM400 AF400, AF460 PR460-2 1 0.80
OKYM500 AF580 PR580-2 1 0.70
EH550, EG630, OKYM630 AF580, AF750 PR750-2 1 1.10
l
L Dimensions (mm)
Type of the plate Dimensions Fixing holes
L I h mm
PR146-1 150 90 15 4 x 6.5
E2119D
h
PR210-1 200 132 11.5 4x7
PR300-1 200 172 11.5 4x7
PR460-1 278 198 11.5 4x7
PR750-1 283 244 11.5 4x7
PR185-2 202 152 11.2 4 x 11
PR300-2 202 152 11.2 4 x 11
PR400-2 278 151 11.5 4 x 11
PR460-2 278 176 11.5 4 x 11
PR580-2 283 176 11.5 4 x 11
PR750-2 283 255 11.5 4 x 14
Fixing holes according to the plate types
5/34 | ABB
Contactor coils, main contact sets and arc chutes
Contactor coils
1SFC101007F0201
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit voltage Order code Pkg Weight
Uc min. ... Uc max. qty (1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
ZAF1650 AF400, AF460 - 2460 ZAF460-68 1 0.52
48130 48130 ZAF460-69 1 0.52
100250 100250 ZAF460-70 1 0.52
250500 250500 ZAF460-71 1 0.52
AF580 ... AF1250 - 2460 ZAF750-68 1 1.33
48130 48130 ZAF750-69 1 1.33
100250 100250 ZAF750-70 1 1.33
5
250500 250500 ZAF750-71 1 1.33
AF1350 ... AF2050 100250 100250 ZAF1650-70 (1) 1 set 0.90
ZP1650 (2) 1 0.30
AF2650 100...250 100...250 ZAF2650-70 (1) 1 set 0.90
ZP2650 (2) 1 0.30
(1) One set of two coil.
(2) Printed circuit board.
required screws.
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
ZL1650
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF400 ZL400 1 1.320
AF460 ZL460 1 1.320
AF580 ZL580 1 1.840
AF750 ZL750 1 1.840
AF1250 ZL1250 1 1.840
AF1350 ZL1350 1 2.500
AF1650 ZL1650 1 3.500
AF2050 ZL2050 1 3.500
AF2650 ZL2650 (1) 1 1.200
(1) Does not include fixed contacts and screws
Arc chutes
Ordering details
For contactors Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF400, AF460 ZW460 1 1.380
AF580, AF750, AF1250 ZW750 1 1.500
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 ZW1650 1 4.000
AF2650 ZW2650 1 4.000
ABB | 5/35
6
2 | ABB
6/0 | ABB
Overload relays
Overview
Thermal and electronic overload relays 6/2
ABB | 6/1
Thermal and electronic overload relays
Thermal overload
relays
6
Electronic overload
relays
with integrated CT
Electronic overload
relays
with external separate CT
6/2 | ABB
100 125 hp 150 200 hp
AF116, AF140 AF190, AF205
TF140DU TA200DU
66 142 A 66 200 A
10A 10A
- DB200
900 1000 hp
AF1350, AF1650
E1250DU
375 1250 A
10E, 20E, 30E selectable
ABB | 6/3
TF42 thermal overload relays for contactor AF09 ... AF38
0.10 38.0 A
Description
The TF42 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip
class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
1SBC101326F0010
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device contactors (1 pce)
A 100kA 600 VAC kg
0.10 ... 0.13 1 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-0.13 0.13
2CDC231001F0011
16.0 ... 20.0 80 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-20 0.15
20.0 ... 24.0 80 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-24 0.15
24.0 ... 29.0 100 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-29 0.15
29.0 ... 35.0 150 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-35 0.15
TF42 + DB42 35.0 ... 38.0/40.0 150 A, Fuse class J 10 AF09 ... AF38 TF42-38 0.15
A kg
TF42 Single mounting kit DB42 0.09
TF42 Reset push button* KPR-101L 0.03
*Note: for more information see catalogue AC1400
KPR-101L
Main dimensions mm, inches
16.2 0.64" 11.7 0.46"
2.3 0.09" 50.25 1.98" 2.7 0.11"
3.48"
88.3
2CDC232005F0009
TF42
6/4 | ABB
TF42 thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type TF42
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/5
TF42 thermal overload relays
Technical data
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/6 | ABB
TF42 thermal overload relays
Technical data
General technical data
Type TF42
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +60 C
Open -25 ... +60 C
Storage -50 ... +80 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 3g / 3 ... 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-5
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals or with single mounting
kit on DIN rail (35 mm)
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10
6
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF42 TF42
(TF42-0.13 TF42-16) (TF42-20 TF42-38)
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm 1.5 ... 2.5 mm or 2.5 ... 10 mm 1)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF42
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm or 1 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/7
TF65 thermal overload relays for contactor AF40 ... AF65
22 ... 67A
Description
The TF65 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip
class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
2CDC231004F0013
Ordering details
6 Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device contactors (1 pce)
A 100kA 600 VAC kg
22 ... 28 100 A, Fuse class J 10 AF40 ... AF65 TF65-28 0.46
25 ... 33 100 A, Fuse class J 10 AF40 ... AF65 TF65-33 0.46
2CDC231003V0015
DB65 + TF65
7 0.28"
1SFC151402F0001
3.45"
16.6 0.65"
87.7 3.45"
46 1.81"
101.4
67.8 2.67"
65 2.56"
KPR-101L
18.9 0.74"
106.9 4.21"
TF65
6/8 | ABB
TF65 thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type TF65
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/9
TF65 thermal overload relays
Technical data
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/10 | ABB
TF65 thermal overload relays
Technical data
General technical data
Type TF65
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +60 C
Open -25 ... +60 C
Storage -50 ... +80 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals or with single mounting
kit on DIN rail (35 mm)
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10
6
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF65
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 2.5 ... 16 mm (1 x 2.5 ... 35 mm)
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 2.5 ... 16 mm (1 x 2.5 ... 35 mm)
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 12-6 (1 x AWG 12 ... 2)
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 12-6 (1 x AWG 12 ... 2)
Stripping length 17 mm
Tightening torques 4.0 - 4.5 Nm / 35 40 Ib.in
Connection screw M6 (Pozidriv 2)
1)
Only connect two different "conductor/wire" cross-sections, if they are within the indicated ranges
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF65
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm or 1 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/11
TF96 thermal overload relays for AF80 ... AF96
40 ... 96A
Description
The TF69 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip
class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
Manual or automatic reset selectable
2CDC231005F0013
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device contactors (1 pce)
6 A 100kA 600 VAC kg
40 ... 51 125 A, Fuse class J 10 AF80 ... AF96 TF96-51 0.62
48 ... 60 150 A, Fuse class J 10 AF80 ... AF96 TF96-60 0.62
57 ... 68 150 A, Fuse class J 10 AF80 ... AF96 TF96-68 0.62
65 ... 78 175 A, Fuse class J 10 AF80 ... AF96 TF96-78 0.62
2CDC231001V0015
DB96
Ordering details accessories
For thermal overload relays Description Order code Weight
(1 pce)
A kg
TF96 Reset push button* KPR-101L 0.03
TF96, EF96 Single mounting kit DB96 0.19
*Note: for more information see catalogue AC1400
2CDC231005V0015
DB96 + TF96
4.19"
16.6 0.65"
60.6 3.57"
46 1.81"
106.3
KPR-101L
70.3 2.77"
67.5 2.66"
18.9 0.74"
TF96
6/12 | ABB
TF96 thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type TF96
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/13
TF96 thermal overload relays
Technical data
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/14 | ABB
TF96 thermal overload relays
Technical data
General technical data
Type TF96
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +60 C
Open -25 ... +60 C
Storage -50 ... +80 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 3g / 3 ... 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-5
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals or with single mounting
kit on DIN rail (35 mm)
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10
6
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF96
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 6 ... 35 mm (1 x 6 ... 50 mm)
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 6 ... 16 mm (1 x 6 ... 50 mm)
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-3 (1 x AWG 8 ... 1)
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-3 (1 x AWG 8 ... 1)
Stripping length 22 mm
Tightening torques 6.5 - 9 Nm / 57 80 Ib.in
Connection screw M8 (Hexagon 4)
1)
Only connect two different "conductor/wire" cross-sections, if they are within the indicated ranges
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF96
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm or 1 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/15
TF140DU thermal overload relays for contactor AF116 ... AF140
66 142 A
Description
The TF140DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
trip class 10A.
2CDC231012V0012
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
TF140DU-110 Manual or automatic reset selectable
Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
TEST and STOP function Trip indication on the front
Temperature compensation
Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
1SFC151402F0001
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
6 KPR-101L
A
protective device
100 kA 600 VAC
contactors (1 pce)
kg
66 ... 90 250 A, Fuse class J 10A AF116 ... AF140 TF140DU-90 0.82
80 ... 110 250 A, Fuse class J 10A AF116 ... AF140 TF140DU-110 0.82
100 ... 135 250 A, Fuse class J 10A AF116 ... AF140 TF140DU-135 0.82
110 ... 142 250 A, Fuse class J 10A AF116 ... AF140 TF140DU-142 0.82
13.45 0.53"
5.51"
140
67.3 2.65"
98 97 96 95
82.3 3.24"
73.8 2.91"
TF140DU
6/16 | ABB
TF140DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type TF140DU
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, UL 60947-4-1A
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/17
TF140DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type TF140DU
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V AC
Rated frequency DC, 50/60 Hz
Frequency range 0 ... 400 Hz
Trip class 10A
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100 %
Operating frequency without early tripping Up to 15 operations/h, see "Technical diagram Intermittent periodic duty"
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
Auxiliary circuit according to IEC/EN
Type TF140DU
Rated operational voltage Ue 500 V AC, 440 V DC
Conventional free air thermal current Ith N.C., 95-96 10 A
N.O., 97-98 6 A
Rated frequency DC, 50/60 Hz
6 Number of poles 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
110-120 V N.C., 95-96 3.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.50 A
220-230-240 V N.C., 95-96 1.50 A
N.O., 97-98 1.50 A
440 V N.C., 95-96 1.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.00 A
480-500 V N.C., 95-96 1.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.00 A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
24 V N.C., 95-96 1.25 A
N.O., 97-98 1.25 A
60 V N.C., 95-96 0.25 A
N.O., 97-98 0.25 A
110-120-125 V N.C., 95-96 0.25 A
N.O., 97-98 0.25 A
250 V N.C., 95-96 0.12 A
N.O., 97-98 0.04 A
Minimum switching capacity 17 V / 3 mA
Short-circuit protective device N.C., 95-96 10 A, Fuse type gG
N.O., 97-98 6 A, Fuse type gG
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/18 | ABB
TF140DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
General technical data
Type TF140DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +55 C
Open -25 ... +55 C
Storage -40 ... +70 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 12g / 11 ms
Mounting position Position 1-5
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP00
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type TF140DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 16 ... 70 mm
2x -
Flexible 1x 16 ... 70 mm
2x -
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Stripping length 25 mm
Tightening torques 8 ... 10 Nm / 77 ... 88 Ib.in
Connection screw M8 (Hexagon)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF140DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/19
TA200DU thermal overload relays for contactor AF190 ... AF205
66 200 A
Description
The TA200DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip class
10A.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
2CDC231010F0011
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over cur-
rent), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a change of
the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
Manual or automatic reset selectable
TA200DU-200 Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
TEST and STOP function Trip indication on the front
Temperature compensation
Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
Ordering details
1SFC151402F0001
23 0.91" 26 1.02"
5.5 0.22" 32 1.26" 3 0.12"
8.5 0.33"
2"
11 0.43"
30.9 1.22"
49.9
6 0.24"
10 0.39"
5.94"
4 0.16"
82.3 3.24"
68 2.68"
151
80 3.15"
2CDC232021F0011
22.1 0.87"
8 0.31" 6 0.24"
61 2.4" 4 0.16"
11 0.43" 5.3 0.21"
126 4.96"
20 0.79"
50 1.97"
42 1.65" 42 1.65"
TA200DU
6/20 | ABB
TA200DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
6
Full load amps and short-circuit protective device
Type Full load amps Short-circuit protective device
(FLA)
480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating Fuse type Listed circuit Short circuit rating Fuse type Short circuit rating Listed circuit
RMS symmetrical breaker RMS symmetrical RMS symmetrical breaker
TA200DU-90 90 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-110 110 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-135 135 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-150 150 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-175 175 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 300 A, Class J 100 kA 300 A
TA200DU-200 200 A 10 kA 400 A, K5 / RK5 400 A 100 kA 400 A, Class J 100 kA 400 A
ABB | 6/21
TA200DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type TA200DU
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V AC
Rated frequency DC, 50/60 Hz
Frequency range 0 ... 400 Hz
Trip class 10A
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100 %
Operating frequency without early tripping Up to 15 operations/h, see "Technical diagram Intermittent periodic duty"
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V AC
6 N.O., 97-98 6 A
Rated frequency DC, 50/60 Hz
Number of poles 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
110-120 V N.C., 95-96 3.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.50 A
220-230-240 V N.C., 95-96 3.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.50 A
440 V N.C., 95-96 1.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.00 A
480-500 V N.C., 95-96 1.00 A
N.O., 97-98 1.00 A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
24 V N.C., 95-96 1.25 A
N.O., 97-98 1.25 A
60 V N.C., 95-96 0.25 A
N.O., 97-98 0.25 A
110-120-125 V N.C., 95-96 0.25 A
N.O., 97-98 0.25 A
250 V N.C., 95-96 0.12 A
N.O., 97-98 0.04 A
Minimum switching capacity 17 V / 3 mA
Short-circuit protective device N.C., 95-96 10 A, Fuse type gG
N.O., 97-98 6 A, Fuse type gG
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/22 | ABB
TA200DU thermal overload relays
Technical data
General technical data
Type TA200DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +55 C
Open -25 ... +55 C
Storage -40 ... +70 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 12g / 15 ms
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals or with single mounting
kit
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP00
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type TA200DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 25 ... 120 mm
Flexible 1x 25 ... 120 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 4 ... 0000
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 4 ... 0000
Lugs L > 10 mm
Tightening torques 25 Nm / 220 lb.in
Connection screw Open bars
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA200DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/23
EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays for contactor AF09 ... AF38
0.10 to 45.0 A
Description
The EF19 and EF45 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external supply is
needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to use like a
thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload relay is
convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature range and
the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature compensation,
trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free mechanism, STOP
1SBC101147F0010
and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to the contactors.
Ordering details
EF19-18.9
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device connectors (1 pce)
A 100 kA 600 VAC kg
EF19 electronic overload relays
0.10 0.32 2 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF09 ... AF38 EF19-0.32 0.16
0.30 1.00 2 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF09 ... AF38 EF19-1.0 0.16
6 0.80 2.70 4 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF09 ... AF38 EF19-2.7 0.16
1SBC101148F0010
1.90 6.30 15 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF09 ... AF38 EF19-6.3 0.16
5.70 18.9 30 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF09 ... AF38 EF19-18.9 0.16
kg
EF19, EF45 Reset push button* KPR-101L 0.03
EF19 Single mounting kit DB19EF 0.05
EF45 Single mounting kit DB45EF 0.10
DB19EF *Note: for more information see catalogue AC1400
2CDC231002V0014
DB45EF
1SFC151402F0001
2CDC232007F0009
2CDC232008F0009
KPR-101L
EF19 EF45
6/24 | ABB
EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays
Technical data
6
Full load amps and short-circuit protective device
Type Full load amps (FLA) Short-circuit protective device
480 V AC 600 V AC
SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type
EF19-0.32 0.32 A 50 kA 2 A, Class J 5 kA 2 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 2 A, Class J
EF19-1.0 1.00 A 50 kA 2 A, K5 / RK5 5 kA 2 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 2 A, Class J
EF19-2.7 2.70 A 50 kA 4 A, K5 / RK5 5 kA 4 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 4 A, Class J
EF19-6.3 6.30 A 50 kA 15 A, K5 / RK5 5 kA 15 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 15 A, Class J
EF19-18.9 18.90 A 50 kA 30 A, K5 / RK5 5 kA 30 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
ABB | 6/25
EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays
Technical data
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/26 | ABB
EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays
Technical data
General data
Type EF19 EF45
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 C
Storage -50 ... +85 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 1g / 3 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP20
6
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm 2.5 ... 16 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2.5 ... 10 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Stripping length 9 mm 13 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.5 Nm / 7 13 Ib.in 2.3 ... 2.6 Nm / 20 22 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/27
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays
20 to 150 A
Description
The EF65, EF96 and EF146 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to
2CDC231001F0013
use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational tempera-
ture range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
EF65-70 mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to
the contactors.
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device contactors (1 pce)
2CDC231016F0012
EF146-150
25.4 1"
25.4 1"
2CDC231001V0015
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
120.2 4.73"
121.7 4.79"
105.2 4.14"
38.4 1.51"
38.4 1.51"
105.2 4.14"
3.35"
4.06"
85.2 3.35"
103.2 4.06"
2.92"
74.2 2.92"
85.2
103.2
74.2
DB96
11 0.43"
11 0.43"
2CDC232001F0012
2CDC232002F0012
3 0.12" 3 0.12"
16 0.63" 5.5 0.22" 74 2.91" 16 0.63" 5.5 0.22"
74 2.91"
37 1.46" 101.4 3.99" 37 1.46"
58 2.28" 58 2.28" 101.4 3.99"
105.2 4.14"
70 2.76" 70 2.76" 105.2 4.14"
EF65-70 EF96-100
89.05 3.51"
2CDC231002V0015
60.1 2.37"
13 0.5"
6.6 0.26" 15.5 0.61" 4 0.16"
DB96 + EF96
10 0.39"
139.4 5.49"
4.69"
5"
117.4 4.62"
127
38.4 1.51"
119.25
88.9 3.5"
85.2 3.35"
4.08"
74.2 2.92"
103.7
11 0.43"
2CDC232003F0012
1SFC151402F0001
KPR-101L EF146-150
6/28 | ABB
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, UL 60947-4-1A
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/29
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 1000 V AC
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz not suitable for DC applications
Trip class 10E, 20E, 30E, selectable
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100 %
Operating frequency without early tripping Up to 15 operations/h, see "Technical diagram Intermittent periodic duty"
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000 V
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/30 | ABB
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays
Technical data
General data
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 C
Storage -50 ... +85 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type EF65 EF96 EF146
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 4 ... 35 mm 6 ... 70 mm 10 ... 95 mm
2x 4 ... 35 mm 6 ... 35 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Flexible 1x 4 ... 35 mm 6 ... 50 mm 10 ... 70 mm
2x 4 ... 35 mm 6 ... 35 mm 10 ... 35 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-2 AWG 8-2 AWG 6-00
2x AWG 6-2
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-2 AWG 8-2 AWG 6-00
2x AWG 6-2
Stripping length 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
Tightening torques 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 55 lb.in 8 Nm / 70 lb.in
Connection screw M8 (Pozidriv 2) M8 (Hexagon 4) M8 (Hexagon 4)
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/31
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays
63 to 380 A
Description
The EF205 and EF370 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external supply
is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to use like
a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload relay is
convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature range and
the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature compensation,
trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free mechanism, STOP
2CDC231010V0012
and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to the contactors.
Ordering details
EF205-210 Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
protective device contactors (1 pce)
A 100 kA 600 VAC kg
63 ... 210 400 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF190 ... AF205 EF205-210 1.21
115 ... 380 600 A, Fuse class J 10E, 20E, 30E AF265 ... AF370 EF370-380 1.43
EF370-380
Main dimensions mm, inches
122.8 4.83"
11 0.43"
5 0.2"
KPR-101L
122 4.8"
151 5.9"
18.5 0.73"
2CDC232004F0012
10 0.39"
EF205-210
122.8 4.83"
11 0.43"
5 0.2"
6.4"
0.4'
163.6
122
0.9"
22.8
2CDC232005F0012
14 0.55"
EF370-380
6/32 | ABB
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type EF205, EF370
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, UL 60947-4-1A
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
Full load amps (FLA) See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit rating RMS symmetrical See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
Short-circuit protective device See table "Full load amps and short-circuit protective device"
ABB | 6/33
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type EF205, EF370
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 1000 V AC
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz not suitable for DC applications
Trip class 10E, 20E, 30E, selectable
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100 %
Operating frequency without early tripping Up to 15 operations/h, see "Technical diagram Intermittent periodic duty"
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000 V
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/34 | ABB
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays
Technical data
General data
Type EF205, EF370
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 C
Storage -50 ... +85 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP20
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type EF205 EF370
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 16 ... 185 mm 50 ... 240 mm
2x 16 ... 120 mm 50 ... 150 mm
Flexible 1x 16 ... 185 mm 50 ... 240 mm
2x 16 ... 120 mm 50 ... 150 mm
Lugs L 24 mm 32 mm
Bars > 8 mm 10 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
2x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
2x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
Stripping length - -
Tightening torques 18 Nm / 160 lb.in 28 Nm / 247 lb.in
Connection screw M8 M10
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF205, EF370
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/35
EF460, EF750, E1250DU electronic overload relays
150 to 1250 A
Description
The EF460 up to E1250DU are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
2CDC231013F0013
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to
use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational tempera-
ture range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. Busbar kits are available as accessory for
contactor mounting.
EF460-500
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Fitting to Order code Weight
2CDC231014F0013
41.5 1.63"
KPR-101L
7.35"
7.15"
185.6 7.31"
0.87"
22 0.87"
181.6
186.6
22
1.12"
110.5 4.35"
5.79"
5.99"
4.06"
5.95"
28.4
103
147.1
152.1
151.1
2.91"
2.99"
74
76
83 3.27" 83 3.27"
58 2.28" 58 2.28"
247 9.72"
53 2.09" 82 3.23"
192 7.56" 27.6 1.09"
30.7 1.21" 76 2.99"
5.3 0.21"
3.94"
2.36"
3.15"
2.17"
100
60
80
55
2CDC232013F0011
2CDC232014F0011
0.7"
36.4 36.4"
0.94"
30.4 1.2"
7(M6) 0.28"
17.9
23.9
EF460 EF750
6/36 | ABB
EF460, EF750, E1250DU electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to UL/CSA
Type EF460 EF750 E1250DU
Standards UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Maximum operational voltage 600 V AC
Trip rating 125 % of FLA
General data
Type EF460 EF750 E1250DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes 6
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 C
Storage -50 ... +85 C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 150 Hz
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP20
Electrical connection
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF460 EF750 E1250DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 6/37
EF460, EF750, E1250DU electronic overload relays
Technical data
Main circuit Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type EF460 EF750 E1250DU
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 1000 V AC
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz not suitable for DC applications
Trip class 10E, 20E, 30E, selectable
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100 %
Operating frequency without early tripping Up to 15 operations/h, see "Technical diagram Intermittent periodic duty"
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000 V AC
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
60
=
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
6/38 | ABB
Thermal and electronic overload relays
General accessories
Description
2CDC231028F0013
The wire reset is a general accessory for thermal and electronic overloads relays. In installations which
are difficult to access, like a motor control centre or compact cubical, the accessory allows the user to
remotely reset the overload relays.
The wire reset consists of two parts, the bowden wire with actuator and the holder. The actuator should
WRB-400
be mounted into a door of a panel. The holder will be mounted on the overload relay. The actuator and
holder are connected via the bowden wire.
Ordering details
Suitable for Description Length Order code Weight
(1 pc)
2CDC231027F0013
mm kg
Holder
TF42, TF65, TF96, Holder for tool less direct mounting WRH-F 0.01
EF19, EF45, EF65,
WRH-F EF96, EF146, EF205,
EF370, EF460, EF750
IP54 gasket
WRB-400 IP54 Panel seal gasket WRBG 0.04
WRB-600
WRB-1000
2CDC232015F0013
WRB-400/600/1000
TF42 ... TF96
WRH-F
ABB | 6/39
7
2 | ABB
7/0 | ABB
Certifications and approvals
General technical data
ABB | 7/1
Certifications and approvals
Designed according to the appropriate specifications, the devices in this catalogue have been built and tested. They can be used in
most countries without any further certifications.
Some countries, however, require certification according to their own national standards. In other cases, the Marine for example,
approvals ratifying that particular specifications have been met are necessary.
The table below shows the approvals and certifications for different devices.
The following documents may be obtained on request:
Certificates of conformity
Certificates of certification or approval.
The use of certified devices does not exonerate the equipment supplier from complying with the legal specifications of the country
concerned.
Explanation of symbols:
Standard design approved, the company labels bear the certification mark when this is required.
Certifications Approvals: ship classification societies
Mark
4-pole contactors
25 to 105A
AC / DC operated
AF09, AF16, AF26, AF38 E312527 (3) (3)
AC / DC operated (1)
AF40, AF52, AF80 E312527
160 to 420A
AC / DC operated (1) (1) (1)
AF116, AF140, AF190, AF205, AF265, E73397
AF305, AF370
(1) in progress.
(2) Marine approvals for AF116 ... AF370 with built-in PLC interface: only DNV is available.
(3) DNV-GL certificate.
7/2 | ABB
Certifications and approvals
Contactor relays
AC / DC operated (1)
4-pole, 8-pole - NF.. E252354
(1) in progress.
ABB | 7/3
Certifications and approvals
Connecting links
BEA16-4, BEA26-4, BEA38-4, BEA65-4
E312527
Connection sets for reversing contactors
BER16-4, BER38-4
E312527
BER65-4, BER96-4
E312527
BER140-4, BER205-4, BER370-4
E36588
BEM460-30, BEM750-30
E36588
Connection sets for star-delta starters
BEY16-4, BEY38-4
E312527
BEY65-4, BEY96-4
E312527
BEY190-4, BEY205-4, BEY265-4, BEY370-4
E36588
BED460, BED580, BED750
E36588
7/4 | ABB
Certifications and approvals
ABB | 7/5
Certifications and approvals
MS132 E137861
E345003
MS165 E137861
E345003
MO132 E137861
E345003
MO165 E137861
E345003
TF140DU E48139
TA200DU E48139
EF45 E48139
20...150 A
EF65 E48139 (2) (2)
EF96 E48139
EF146 E48139
63...380 A
EF205 E48139
EF370 E48139
150...800 A
EF460 E48139
EF750 E48139
150...1250 A
E1250DU E76003
7/6 | ABB
7
ABB | 7/7
Coordination with short-circuit protection devices
In compliance with standards IEC 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-4-1, we define for the contactors and starters the type, rating and characteristics of
the short-circuit protection devices SCPD which allow selective protection against overloads and ensure protection against short circuits.
Basic functions
Any starter is designed to:
start motors,
ensure continuous functioning of motors,
disconnect motors from the supply line,
guarantee protection of motors against overloads.
The starter is typically made up of a switching device (contactor) and an overload protection device (thermal overload relay or electronic overload
relay).
These two devices MUST be coordinated with equipment capable of providing protection against short circuit (SCPD: short circuit protective de-
vice): typically a circuit breaker with magnetic release only or a switch fuse. These are not necessarily part of the starter.
Applicable standards
IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) precisely defines the different points to be considered in order to carry out correct coordination.
Complete coordination for a combination includes the following points:
Selectivity test between the overload relay and the short-circuit protection device SCPD.
Short-circuit condition tests:
-- at prospective "r" currents - These currents depend on the rated operational current of the starter (Ie AC-3) and are given by the standard (Table
13). For example:
7 r = 1kA for Ie AC-3 < 16 A
r = 3 kA for 16 A < Ie AC-3 < 63 A
r = 5 kA for 63 A < Ie AC-3 < 125 A etc.
-- at the rated conditional short-circuit current "Iq" - This is the maximum prospective current that the combination can withstand, for example 50 kA.
Types of coordination
IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) defines two types of coordination according to the expected level of service continuity. Acceptable extreme damage
for the switchgear is divided into two types.
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and will not be able to then operate withou
being repaired or having parts replaced.
Type 2: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and will be able to operate afterwards.
The risk of contacts light welding is acceptable. In this case, the manufacturer must stipulate the measures to be taken with respect to
maintenance of the equipment.
The complete ABB offer
ABB has acquired years of experience with respect to problems of coordination and is able to make a complete offer based on tests performed in
its qualified laboratories. This offer includes 400 V, 500 V, 690 V networks.
A complete data base of coordination tables, according to IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1), is available on the ABB Website.
In the coordination tables the following short-circuit protection devices are recommended:
Moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCBs)
Miniature circuit-breakers (MCBs)
Switch-disconnector-fuses (aM, gG and BS)
Manual Motor Starters (MMS).
7/8 | ABB
Coordination with short-circuit protection devices
A complete data base of coordination tables, according to IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) or UL 508 / UL 60947-4-1, is available on the ABB
Website: see below.
Selection
Simple or multiple selections all from the same screen.
Starter type
Direct-on-line normal start
Direct-on-line heavy duty
Star-delta normal start
Soft starter normal start
Overload relay
TOL : thermal overload relay
EOL : electronic overload relay 7
UMC : Universal motor controller
Coordination
IEC type 1 or type 2
UL type A to Type F
Results
Search results displayed at the bottom of the selection page.
Only the most appropriate solutions to your application, will be displayed at the bottom of the page.
"Enable Smart Current Search" function featured for the short-circuit current where "near to" selected values also are included in the result.
Possible to print the page to a pdf file or from your printer.
"Clear selection" function to deselect all selected.
Access
To find the coordination tables for motor protection, please see:
http://applications.it.abb.com/SOC/Page/Selection.aspx
ABB | 7/9
Standards, specifications and certifying organizations
Definitions CE Marking:
CE marking indicates that the marked equipment conforms to the
ABB low voltage devices are developed and manufactured in accord- relevant EU directive.
ance with the applicable regulations as stated in the international IEC CE marking is part of an administrative procedure and guarantees free
standards, the European EN standards and the national ones such as movement of the product within the European Community.
NF, DIN, GB and BS. For devices installed in ships, an approval issued
by independent classification societies is demanded by the maritime Standards in Canada and the USA
insurance companies. Canadian and American specifications are more or less equivalent but
differ greatly from IEC standards.
CB scheme UL Underwriters Laboratories USA
Certification Body certificates (CB certificates) are available to prove the CSA Canadian Standard Association Canada
complete conformity to standards
The IEC CB (Certification Body) scheme is multilateral agreement be- UL (USA) specifications make the following distinction between de-
tween the National Certification Bodies to allow international certifica- vices:
tion of electrical and electronic products so that a single certification Listed Product
allows worldwide market access. A product that has been produced under UL's listing and
The CB Scheme was established by the International Electrotechnical follow-up service program in accordance with the terms of UL's
Committee for conformity testing to standards for electrical equipment service agreement and that bears the UL listing mark as the
(IECEE). manufacturer's declaration that the product complies with UL's
requirements.
Certified products
In some cases, products are validated and tested according to a stand- Recognized Component
7 ard by a certification body and the manufacturer is regularly visited by A part or subassembly covered under UL's recognition service
this body in order to check the respect of the design and the materials and intended for factory installation in listed (or other) products.
used. This process creates a certified product. This is the case of UL Recognized components are incomplete in certain construc-
(Underwriters Laboratories) and CSA (Canadian Standard Association) tion features or restricted in performance capabilities and not
for instance (see below). intended for separate installation in the field, rather they are
intended for use as components of incomplete equipment sub-
Specifications mitted for investigation by UL. Final acceptance of the compo-
International Specifications nent in the complete equipment is dependent upon its instal-
The International Electrotechnical Commission, IEC, which is part of the lation and use in accordance with all applicable use conditions
International Standards Organization, ISO, publishes IEC publications and ratings noted in the component report issued by UL, in
which act as a basis for the world market. the guide information and in the individual client's Recognized
Component information page.
European Specifications and National Specifications The combined UL signs for the USA and Canada are recognized by the
The European committee for electrotechnical standardization (CENEL- authorities of both countries.
EC), which groups together European countries, publishes EN stand-
ards. Compulsory China Certification (CCC): The CCC mark is a compul-
These European standards may differ very little from IEC international sory certification mark in the field of safety for products sold on the
standards and have similar numbering. Chinese market.
The same applies for national standards which use, without exception, GOST / EAC: Russia (please consult your local ABB sales office)
the same numbering and reproduce the texts of these unified standards C-Tick: The C-Tick mark certifies compliance with the Australian EMC
in their entirety. Contradicting national standards are withdrawn. requirements. The mark is also recognized in New Zealand
ANCE: Mexico
European Directives
The guarantee of the free movement of goods within the European Marine Approvals
Community means that any regulatory differences between member The following specifications must be respected when these devices are
states have been eliminated. The European directives set up common used on ships:
rules that are included in the legislation of each state while contradic- BV Bureau Veritas France
tory regulations are cancelled. DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway
GL Germanischer LIoyd Germany
Three directives are essential: LRS LIoyd's Register of Shipping Great Britain
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC concerns electrical equipment ABS America Bureau of Shipping
from 0 to 1000 V AC and from 0 to 1500 V DC. RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping RMRS
This specifies that compliance with the requirements that it sets out is RRR Russian River Register
acquired if the equipment conforms to the standards harmonized on an MRS Maritime Register of Shipping Russia
European level. EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-4-1 for contactors. PRS Polski Rejestr Statkow Poland
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC for safety specifications of machines RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy
and equipment on complete machines.
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC which con-
cerns all devices able to create electromagnetic disturbance.
7/10 | ABB
Standards, specifications and certifying organizations
Specifications (cont.)
International Standards
IEC 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 1: Gen-
eral rules
IEC 60947-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 4:
Contactors and motor starters Section 1: Electromechanical con-
tactors and motor starters
IEC 60947- 5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5:
Control circuit devices and switching elements Section 1: Electro-
mechanical control circuit devices
IEC 60947-5-4 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5-4:
Control circuit devices and switching elements. Method of assessing
the performance of low-energy contacts. Special tests
IEC 60947- 6-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 6:
Multiple function equipment Section 1: Automatic transfer switching
equipment
IEC 60204-1 Electrical equipment of industrial machines Part 1:
General requirements
IEC 60715 Dimensions of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear.
Standardized mounting on rails for mechanical support of electrical
devices in switchgear and controlgear installations
7
European Standards
EN 50 005 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial use
Terminal marking and distinctive number: General rules
(Annex L of IEC 60947-1).
EN 50 011 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial
use Terminal marking, distinctive number and distinctive letter for
particular contactor relays (Annex M of IEC 60947-5-1)
EN 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 1: Gen-
eral rules.
EN 60947-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 4: Con-
tactors and motor starters Section 1: Electromechanical contactors
and motor starters.
EN 60947-5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5:
Control circuit devices and switching elements Section 1: Electro-
mechanical control circuit devices.
EN 60947-5-4 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 5-4:
Control circuit devices and switching elements. Method of assessing
the performance of low-energy contacts. Special tests.
EN 60947- 6-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 6:
Multiple function equipment Section 1: Automatic transfer switching
equipment.
EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of industrial machines Part 1:
General requirements.
EN 60 715 Dimensions of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear.
Standardized mounting on rails for mechanical support of electrical
devices in switchgear and controlgear installations.
National Standards
European countries national standards reproduce the correspond-
ing EN... standards. Codification is built by addition of a prefix to EN
numbering.
For instance:
France NF EN...
Germany DIN EN...
Great Britain BS EN...
Italy CEI EN...
Sweden SS EN...
ABB | 7/11
Terms and technical definitions
Circuits voltage sag: an rms reduction in the AC voltage, at the power frequen-
cy, for durations from a half cycle to a few seconds.
auxiliary circuit: All the conductive parts of a contactor designed to be The IEC terminology for this phenomenon is voltage dip.
inserted in a different circuit from the main circuit and the contactor voltage sag immunity: the ability of equipment to withstand momentary
control circuits. electrical power interruptions or sags
control circuit: All the conductive parts of a contactor (other than the Coordination of protections against short circuit
main circuit and the auxiliary circuit) used to control the contactor's
closing operation or opening operation or both. The goal here is to protect electromechanical starters and softstarters.
main circuit: All the conductive parts of a contactor designed to be Any starter is designed to:
inserted in the circuit that it controls. start motors,
ensure continuous functioning of motors,
disconnect motors from the supply line,
Thermal overload relay tripping classes
guarantee protection of motors against overloads.
IEC 60947-4-1 defines tripping classes 10 A, 10, 20 and 30. Types The starter is typically made up of a switching device (contactor) and an
10A, 10, etc. correspond to the maximum tripping time for a making overload protection device (thermal overload relay or electronic overload
current at 7.2 times the setting current. relay). These two devices MUST be coordinated with equipment capable
Furthermore, for each class the standard specifies the tripping time for of providing protection against short circuit (SCPD: short circuit protec-
1.5 times the setting current and sets the non tripping condition at 1.05 tive device): typically a circuit breaker with magnetic release only or a
times the setting current. switch fuse. These are not necessarily part of the starter.
All these data are summarized in the table below. The characteristics of the starter must comply with the international
standard IEC 60947-4-1 which defines the above items as follows:
Extract from IEC 60947-4-1: contactor: a mechanical switching device having only one position of
7 rest, operated otherwise than by hand, capable of making, carrying and
Tripping class 10 A 10 20 30
breaking currents under normal circuit conditions including overload
Max. tripping time for 1.5 times conditions.
the setting current (warm state) s 120 240 480 720 overload release: overload relay or release which operates in the case
Tripping time for 7.2 times of overload and also in case of loss of phase.
the setting current (cold state) s 2 - 10 4 - 10 6 - 20 9 - 30 circuit-breaker: defined by IEC 60947-2 as a mechanical switching
device, capable of making, carrying and breaking currents under normal
For 1.05 times the setting current No tripping circuit conditions and also making, carrying for a specified time and
breaking currents under specified abnormal circuit conditions.
Electromagnetic compatibility IEC publication 60947-4-1 defines coordination types "1" and "2":
Type "1" coordination requires that, in the event of a short-circuit, the
AF... contactors comply with IEC 60947-1, 60947-4-1 and EN6 0947-1, contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and
60947-4-1 standards. will not then be able to operate without being repaired or parts being
Definitions: replaced.
Environment A: "Mainly relates to low-voltage non public or industrial Type "2" coordination requires that, in short-circuit conditions, the
networks/locations/installations (EN 50082-2 article 4) including highly contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and
disturbing sources". will be able to operate afterwards. The risk of contacts being light
Environment B: "Mainly relates to low-voltage public networks (EN welded is acceptable. In this case, the manufacturer must stipulate
50082-1 article 5) such as residential, commercial and light industrial the measures to be taken with respect to maintenance of the equip-
locations/installations. Highly disturbing sources such as arc welders
are not covered by this environment". ment.
Notice for AF09 ... AF38, AF116 ... AF2650 contactors and NF contac-
tor relays: these products have been designed for environment A. Use Rated operational current Ie.
of this product in environment B may cause unwanted electromagnetic
Current rated by the manufacturer. It is mainly based on the rated
disturbances in wich case the user may be required to take adequate
operational voltage Ue, the rated frequency, the utilization category, the
mitigation measures.
AF40 ... AF96 have been designed for environment B. rated duty and the type of protective enclosure, if necessary.
Definitions according to SEMI F47-0706 Conventional free air thermal current Ith
SEMI F47-0706 defines the voltage sag immunity required for semi- Current that the contactor can withstand in free air for a duty time of
conductor processing, metrology and automated test equipment, and 8 hours without the temperature rise of its various parts exceeding the
on subsystems and components which are used in the construction of maximum values given by the standard.
semiconductor processing equipment including but not limited to:
Power supplies
Generators Operating cycle or cycle
Robots and factory interface Includes one making operation and one breaking operation.
Chillers, pumps, blowers
AC operated contactors and contactor relays
...
7/12 | ABB
Terms and technical definitions
ABB | 7/13
Standards and utilization categories
Utilization categories:
A contactor's duty is characterised by the utilization category together with the rated operational voltage and current indicated.
In fact some applications, and the specific criteria characterizing the various loads controlled by contactors, may modify the utilization characteris-
tics of the contactors. The main applications concerned are:
Transformer switching
Account must be taken of the peaks due to magnetization phenomena when the current is made.
For this application, IEC publication 60947-4-1 stipulates utilization category AC-6a. The operational currents or powers acceptable for the contac-
tors are determined using the values obtained for AC-3 or AC-4 category tests and the calculating formula given in IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 9).
7/14 | ABB
Standards and utilization categories
Influence of the length of the conductors used in the contactor control circuit
According to the operational voltages, the cross-sectional areas, the coil consumption and the control layout, difficulties due to line resistances and
capacitances may appear during contactor closing and opening orders.
Key:
U (I) = applied voltage (current) Ic =m aking and breaking current expressed in DC or in AC like the
Ur = recovery voltage r.m.s. value of the symmetrical components
L/R = test circuit time constant T0.95 = t ime required to reach 95 % of the current in steady-state
Ue (Ie) = rated operational voltage (current) conditions, expressed in milliseconds
ABB | 7/15
Degrees of protection
General
In an installation, the degree of protection required for electrical equipment depends on the environmental characteristics. The degree of protection,
ensured by the enclosure of equipment or by the cubicle containing the equipment is expressed by the IP code which gives the level of protection
against access to hazardous parts, the ingress of foreign bodies and/or the ingress of water, in compliance with IEC 60529, IEC 60947-1.
Besides the IP symbol, the complete code has two figures followed (optionally) by two additional letters. A short description of the elements used in
IP coding is given below.
7/16 | ABB
Climatic withstand of devices
The life time of devices are mainly influenced by series of climatic factors which cause their corrosion.
In practice, besides climatic conditions, there are other factors which may damage equipment such as fungi, insects (termites), dust, work site dirt
and aggressive environment (salty or sulphurous atmosphere, etc.) which can often only be identified at the place of installation.
Climatic stress, definitions and test conditions are dealt with in national publications such as the DIN 50 series and UTE 63-100 publication which
are attached to international publications such as IEC 60068.
ABB contactors have been used for many years in the most countries, with hot and humid climates for example: Brazil, Indonesia, India or on ships.
Experience has shown that ABB devices can be used in most countries throughout the world.
The climate of the country in which the apparatus is installed is not the determining choice factor.
In the case of frequent condensation (i.e. the formation of condensation caused by rapid changes in temperature), heating resistors must be in-
stalled in cubicles (100 to 250 W per m of enclosure).
ABB | 7/17
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
8/0
8/2 | ABB
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
ABB | 8/1
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
8/2 | ABB
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
ABB | 8/3
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
8/4 | ABB
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
ABB | 8/5
Index
Order code classification
Order code Page Order code Page Order code Page
8/6 | ABB
8
ABB | 8/7
Marketing material
http://new.abb.com/low-voltage/products/motor-protection
9/0 | ABB
Videos, prints, technical presentations and more Userfriendly web design
Videos
DemacLenko
Fabricant de canons neige
Prolonger la saison
Distributeur
Rduire les stocks pour une meilleure productivit
1SFC101008L0301
SSAB
Production dacier
1SFC101011L0301
Une belle russite entrane son lot de contraintes. Grce sa bobine lectronique, le contacteur AF fonctionne
Tools
infrastructures, les stations de pompage et le stockage de t impressionn par la qualit globale du produit, capable
Uneclientle plus nombreuse implique des stocks sur une plage de tension largie, sur les rseaux 50 et 60Hz,
l'eau. Ses canons neige haute capacit peuvent gnrer de rsister aux vibrations et au climat rigoureux, qui lui a
plus importants, des stocks plus importants impliquent en AC ou en DC. En outre, le limiteur de surtension est
jusqu' 105m3 de neige par heure. Sauf en cas de coupure permis de raliser des conomies substantielles de temps
une logistique plus complexe et une logistique intgr au contacteur. En combinant autant de fonctionnalits
de courant, bien entendu et d'argent en termes d'entretien et de gestion. Autre
complexe engendre des dlais de livraison et des cots dans un seul et mme contacteur, la gamme AF offre non
avantage: un fabricant unique pour une gamme complte
supplmentaires. Les grands distributeurs de composants seulement des performances techniques exceptionnelles,
d'quipements de dmarrage moteur, ce qui simplifie la
lectriques doivent stocker, distribuer et grer des quantits mais permet galement une rduction considrable, jusqu'
Le dfi maintenance et rationalise l'assemblage. Compatibles
considrables de produits, notamment des dizaines de 90%, du nombre de variantes ncessaires. L'offre est passe
C'est ce qui est arriv bien trop souvent la station de ski la fois avec le courant AC et DC, sur rseau 50 ou 60Hz,
milliers de contacteurs. Ils doivent ainsi composer avec de 45rfrences de bobines Le client
pour couvrir toute la plage La solution d'ABB
sudoise Funsdal. Les conditions hivernales rigoureuses les contacteurs AF peuvent tre utiliss partout dans le
de fortes contraintes en termes d'espace et de logistique, de tension seulement 4Bonneavec lanouvelle
gammepour les OEM du secteur CVC (chauffage,
de contacteurs Intgrant la toute dernire technologie de contrle moteurs issue
exercent videmment des contraintes extrmes sur les monde. Leur plage de tension de commande plus large et
pourgarantir une distribution rapide et efficace. ventilation,
AF. Ces contacteurs permettent uneclimatisation).
rduction desEnfraisRussie, l'un de nos principaux de notre exprience de leader du secteur de l'nergie et de
quipements d'enneigement: taux d'humidit lev, leurs valeurs d'accrochage et de dcrochage plus franches
marchs,
d'administration et de logistique la profite
qui croissance rapide
la fois auxdu secteur entrane des l'automatisation, la nouvelle gamme de contacteurs AF redfinit
tempratures trs basses et vibrations constantes. De plus, garantissent un fonctionnement stable, mme en cas de
Le dfi consquences
distributeurs et aux utilisateurs difficiles matriser
finaux. L'extension de la : explosion du niveau des la norme en termes de contrle industriel. Compatible la fois
la longueur dmesure de certains cbles provoquaitLe client
des fluctuations de tension. La solution
Pour les distributeurs de produits lectriques, les livraisons stocks et des
clientle n'est ainsi plus synonyme cots administratifs.
d'augmentation C'est le problme auquel ont
ingrable avec les alimentations AC et DC, le contacteur AF fonctionne
La division Produits Basse Tension d'ABB dispose de plus
fluctuations de tension endommageant les contacteurs, Les tableaux MNS d'ABB intgrent les technologies
doivent absolument tre rapides et efficaces. Le succs est et coteuse des stocks. Plust confronts
besoin de ADL et Freedes
proposer Tech, deux fournisseurs moscovites sur une plage de tension de commande considrablement
cequi engendrait des interruptions de service et de40ans d'exprience
des arrts dans lacool,
Pour rester construction
prenez ledecontrle.
tableaux detableaux les plus avances du march. La rduction des
basse tension. Une collaboration troite avec un large ventail pertes d'nergie au sein des tableaux peut atteindre jusqu' source d'expansion, d'largissement de la clientle et de produits spcifiques pourdu lessecteur
tensionsCVC.
non standard: avec plus large que les contacteurs classiques. Grce sa bobine
coteux pour la station. Que faire?
lectronique (limiteur de surtension intgr), un seul contacteur
de clients nous a permis de concevoir une solution adapte
ABB France 28%. Le contacteur AF, dot d'une bobine commande croissance exponentielle des commandes. Une bonne chose, seulement quatre bobines, la technologie AF gre toutes les
Le20 dfi est capable de fonctionner sur une plage de 100-250V. Il est
tous les besoins.Division
Les nouveaux
Produitstableaux MNS, quips
Basse Tension lectronique, a dmontr ses nombreux avantages par certes, mais galement un dfi relever. La grande varit tensions de commande de 500 V AC/DC.
dela gamme de contacteurs AF, permettent une rduction rapport aux technologies de contacteurs classiques. Ces de contacteurs disponibles implique en effet une gestion plus Avec leur technologie de Au fil de et
bobine la leur
croissance
gammedu march CVC russe, les entreprises
complte en outre compatible avec les rseaux 50et 60Hz. En 2011, en
Activit Basse Tension
lourde, une logistique plus complexe et une augmentation comme
daccessoires, les contacteurs AFADL et Free dans
se situent Tech ontunet contraintes de gonfler adoptant les contacteurs AF d'ABB, ADL et Free Tech ont pu
des pertes d'nergie pouvant atteindre 28%, tout en offrant avantages se traduisent par une fonctionnalit accrue
Le client La solution d'ABB considrablement
aux besoins deleurs tousstocks afin de pouvoir rpondre rduire leurs stocks de contacteurs de plus de 60% et les frais
des fonctionnalitswww.abb.fr
et une dure de vie accrues. dusystme MNS compar aux technologies quivalentes des stocks. ces nombreux produits viennent sajouter catgorie part, rpondant les clients.
Important producteur d'acier, SSAB est leader sur le march SSAB cherchait disposer d'une alimentation constante la forte demande. L'accroissement et la diversification de la de gestion associs de 40%. Le respect de dlais de livraison
disponibles aujourd'hui. La rduction des pertes d'nergieles accessoires supplmentaires, participant leur tour
de niche de l'acier haute rsistance. Avec des usines enSude etstable, sans devoir recourir des systmes d'alimentation laugmentation des stocks. Tous ces paramtres peuvent Besoin de plus d'espaceclientle ont par ailleurs
et de simplicit, prenez entran la ncessit de proposer
le contrle. n'est pour eux dsormais plus un problme, ce qui a permis
Le dfi entrane une prolongation de la dure de vie et de la
et aux tats-Unis, ainsi que des oprations definition en sans interruption (UPS) ou de secours sur batterie. Ilarrivait toujours plus de produits. Il est donc devenu de plus en plus ces deux entreprises de rester en tte du march en pleine
Dans l'industrie, le temps, c'est de l'argent. Les tendances disponibilit de tous les composants du systme MNS. compromettre l'efficacit des distributeurs en termes de
Chine, l'entreprise compte plus de 9000employs, rpartis que les contacteurs classiques restent souds enposition difficile d'assurer les livraisons sous 48heures. L'augmentation croissance. La gamme AF offre de nombreux avantages, des
rcentes sur le march des tableaux basse tension indiquent Enrsum, le systme MNS, quip de contacteurs AF, dlais de livraison. Les contacteurs AF d'ABB contribuent ABB France
dans 45pays. Les hauts fourneaux et les fourneaux lectriques ferme suite des coupures de tension rsultant del'instabilit rsoudre ce problme. des stocks a, en outre, t accompagne d'une augmentation
Division Produits Basse Tension annes de recherche et de dveloppement ont permis ABB
une orientation vers des complexes industriels plus vastes. permet d'conomiser de l'nergie, du temps, et donc,
de SSAB consomment normment d'lectricit et imposent du rseau lectrique. Ne pouvant s'affranchir des coupures Activit Basse Tension des frais administratifs. Pour pouvoir continuer servir de rduire le nombre de variantes de produits de 90%, tout en
L'efficacit nergtique est importante pour rester comptitif del'argent.
des contraintes extrmes sur la fourniture d'nergie en termes elles-mmes, SSAB s'est tourne vers ABB, qui lui a efficacement leur large clientle, ADL et Free Tech ont ainsi continuant proposer un contacteur pour chaque application.
tout en se dveloppant. Les clients d'ABB cherchent ainsi
de performance et de fiabilit. Pour garantir la continuit du propos une solution en conformit avec la norme SEMI-F47 www.abb.fr d rsoudre le problme pos par leurs stocks excessivement Grce cette technologie, les fluctuations de tension ou les
amliorer l'efficacit nergtique de chaque aspect de leur Pour mieux grer votre nergie, prenez le contrle.
fonctionnement de ses gnrateurs, SSAB exige que ses d'immunit ces coupures de tension: les contacteurs AF volumineux. La solution d'ABB: lecontacteur AF. tensions de commande non standard ne sont plus un problme.
activit. ABB a identifi qu'il tait possible d'conomiser une
quipements decommande moteur soient certifis SEMI-F47 commande lectronique.
quantit importante d'nergie, et donc d'argent, en rduisant ABB France
(rsistance aux coupures de tension). ABB est l'un des rares Vous avez besoin de plus de flexibilit, prenez le contrle.
les pertes directement au sein des tableaux. C'est dans cette Division Produits Basse Tension
fournisseurs capables de satisfaire les exigences strictes de
optique qu'a t dvelopp le nouveau tableau MNS, quip Activit Basse Tension
cette norme. Pour une alimentation sans interruption, prenez le contrle. ABB France
du contacteur AF.
Division Produits Basse Tension
www.abb.fr
Le dfi ABB France Activit Basse Tension
La dfaillance des contacteurs suite des coupures detension Division Produits Basse Tension
(contacteur soud en position ferme) engendrait des temps Activit Basse Tension www.abb.fr
d'arrt non planifis, des pertes de production et des cots
importants lis leur remplacement. Cela mettait en danger www.abb.fr
la production ainsi que la scurit des oprateurs. En effet,
la transformation du minerai en fusion une temprature
d'environ 1300C rend toute interruption potentiellement
dangereuse et un arrt trop long risque de figer la matire
l'intrieur des fours. SSAB devait trouver une solution offrant
des performances constantes et flexibles, y compris dans ces
conditions extrmes.
Success stories 9
Mini contactors 3-pole contactors for motor control and power switching 4-pole
4-polecontactors
contactors
3-pole or 4-pole
(1)IEC
IEC IEC (1)(1)
AC-3AC-3
Rated
AC-3
Rated
operational
Rated
operational
operational
power
power 60
power C
60
(2),
60
C400
C
(2),(2), kW
V VkW
V400400 kW 4 4 4 5.5 5.5
5.5 4 4 4 5.5 5.5
5.5 7.5 7.57.5 4 4 4 5.5 5.5
5.5 7.5 7.57.5 11 1111 15 1515 18.518.5
18.5 18.518.5
18.5 22 2222 30 3030 37 3737 45 4545 55 5555 75 7575 75 7575 90 9090 110 110
110 132 132
132 160 160
160 200 200
200 200200
200 250250
250 315 315
315 400 400
400 475 475
475 560560
560 IEC IEC AC-1AC-1
RatedRated
operational
operational current 40
current C,
40 690 V A
C, 690 V A 25 25 30 30 45 45 55 55 70 70 100 100125 125 160 160 200200 275 275 350350 400400 500500 525525 800800 1000
1000
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
3-phase
3-phase
3-phase
motor
motor
rating
motorrating
rating 480 V480480
V V hp hphp 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.57.5 10 1010 5 5 5 7.5 7.57.5 10 1010 15 1515 20 2020 25 2525 30 3030 40 4040 50 5050 60 6060 60 6060 75 7575 100 100
100 100 100
100 125 125
125 150 150
150 200 200
200 250 250
250 300 300
300 350350
350 400400
400 500 500
500 600 600
600 800800
800 900900
900 UL/CSA
UL/CSAGeneral
General
use rating
use rating 600 600
V V A A 25 25 30 30 45 45 55 55 60 60 80 80 105 105 160 160 175 175 230230 250250 300300 350350 420420 540540
AC /AC
DC
AC/ DC
Control
/ DC
Control
Control
supply
supply
supply TypeType
Type AF09
AF09
AF09AF12
AF12
AF12AF16
AF16
AF16AF26 AF26AF30
AF26 AF30AF38
AF30 AF38AF40
AF38 AF40AF52
AF40 AF52AF65
AF52 AF65AF80
AF65 AF80AF96
AF80 AF96AF116
AF96 AF116
AF116 AF140
AF140
AF140 AF146
AF146
AF146 AF190
AF190
AF190 AF205
AF205
AF205 AF265
AF265
AF265 AF305
AF305
AF305 AF370
AF370
AF370 AF400
AF400
AF400 AF460
AF460
AF460 AF580
AF580
AF580 AF750
AF750
AF750 AF1250
AF1250
AF1250AF1350
AF1350
AF1350AF1650
AF1650
AF1650AF2050
AF2050 AF2650 AC /AC
AF2050AF2650
AF2650 DC/ DC
Control
Control
supply
supply TypeType
AF09
AF09
AF16
AF16
AF26
AF26
AF38
AF38
AF40
AF40
AF52
AF52
AF80
AF80 AF116
AF116
AF140
AF140
AF190
AF190
AF205
AF205
AF265
AF265
AF305
AF305
AF370
AF370
AC Control
ACAC
Control
Control
supply
supply
supply TypeType
Type B6 B6B6 B7 B7B7 AS09
AS09
AS09 AS12
AS12
AS12AS16 AS16AF09
AS16 AF09
AF09AF12
AF12
AF12AF16
AF16
AF16AF26
AF26
AF26AF30
AF30
AF30AF38
AF38
AF38AF40
AF40
AF40AF52
AF52
AF52AF65
AF65
AF65AF80
AF80
AF80AF96
AF96
AF96AF116
AF116
AF116AF140
AF140
AF140AF146
AF146
AF146AF190
AF190
AF190AF205
AF205
AF205AF265
AF265
AF265AF305
AF305
AF305AF370
AF370
AF370AF400
AF400
AF400 AF460
AF460
AF460 AF580
AF580
AF580 AF750
AF750
AF750 AF1250
AF1250
AF1250AF1350
AF1350
AF1350AF1650
AF1650
AF1650AF2050
AF2050 AF2650 AC Control
AF2050AF2650
AF2650 AC Control
supply
supply TypeType
AF09
AF09
AF16
AF16
AF26
AF26
AF38
AF38
AF40
AF40
AF52
AF52
AF80
AF80 AF116
AF116
AF140
AF140
AF190
AF190
AF205
AF205
AF265
AF265
AF305
AF305
AF370
AF370
EK550
EK550
EK1000
EK1000
DC DC
Control
DCControl
Control
supply
supply
supply TypeType
Type BC6BC6
BC6 BC7BC7
BC7 ASL09
ASL09
ASL09ASL12
ASL12
ASL12ASL16
ASL16
ASL16AF09
AF09
AF09AF12
AF12
AF12AF16
AF16
AF16AF26 AF26AF30
AF26 AF30AF38
AF30 AF38AF40
AF38 AF40AF52
AF40 AF52AF65
AF52 AF65AF80
AF65 AF80AF96
AF80 AF96AF116
AF96 AF116
AF116 AF140
AF140
AF140 AF146
AF146
AF146 AF190
AF190
AF190 AF205
AF205
AF205 AF265
AF265
AF265 AF305
AF305
AF305 AF370
AF370
AF370 AF400
AF400
AF400 AF460
AF460
AF460 AF580
AF580
AF580 AF750
AF750
AF750 AF1250
AF1250
AF1250AF1350
AF1350
AF1350AF1650
AF1650
AF1650AF2050
AF2050 AF2650 DC DC
AF2050AF2650
AF2650 Control
Control
supply
supply TypeType
AF09
AF09
AF16
AF16
AF26
AF26
AF38
AF38
AF40
AF40
AF52
AF52
AF80
AF80 AF116
AF116
AF140
AF140
AF190
AF190
AF205
AF205
AF265
AF265
AF305
AF305
AF370
AF370
EK550
EK550
EK1000
EK1000
IEC IEC
IEC AC-3AC-3
Rated
AC-3
Rated
operational
Rated
operational
operational
current 60 C
current
current 60
(2),
60
C400
C
(2),(2), A
V VAA
V400400 8.5 8.5
8.5 11.511.5
11.5 9 9 9 12 1212 15.515.5
15.5 9 9 9 12 1212 18 1818 26 2626 32 3232 38 3838 40 4040 53 5353 65 6565 80 8080 96 9696 116 116
116 140 140
140 146 146
146 190 190
190 205 205
205 265 265
265 305 305
305 370 370
370 400400
400 460460
460 580 580
580 750 750
750 860860
860 1060
1060
1060
AC-1AC-1
Rated
AC-1
Rated
operational
Rated
operational
operational
current 40 C,
current
current 40
690
40
C,C, V VA
V690690 AA 20 (400
2020 V) V)20 (400
2020 V) V) 22 2222 24 2424 24 2424 25 2525 28 2828 30 3030 45 4545 50 5050 50 5050 70 7070 100 100
100 105 105
105 125 125
125 130 130
130 160 160
160 200 200
200 225 225
225 275 275
275 350 350
350 400 400
400 500 500
500 600 600
600 600600
600 700700
700 800 800
800 10501050
1050 12601260
1260 1350
1350
1350 1650
1650
1650 2050
2050
2050 2650
2650
2650
Mini
Minicontactor
contactorrelays
relays Contactor
Contactorrelays
relays
V)(400(400 V)(400(400
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
General
General
General
use rating
useuse
rating
rating 600 V600600
V V A AA 12 (300
1212 V) V)16 1616
V)(300(300 20 2020 20 2020 20 2020 25 2525 28 2828 30 3030 45 4545 50 5050 50 5050 60 6060 80 8080 90 9090 105 105
105 115 115
115 160 160
160 200 200
200 200 200
200 250 250
250 300 300
300 350 350
350 400 400
400 520 520
520 550550
550 650650
650 750 750
750 900 900
900 12101210
1210 1350
1350
1350 1650
1650
1650 2100
2100
2100 2700
2700
2700
NEMA
NEMA
NEMA
NEMA
NEMA
Size
NEMA Size
Size 00 0000 00 0000 0 0 0 00 0000 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8
(1) 1000
(1) (1)
1000
V1000
IECV ratings
IEC
V IEC
ratings
ratings
available
available
available
for AF80,
forfor
AF80,
AF96
AF80,AF96
and
AF96 AF146
andand
AF146
AF146
AF2650
AF2650
AF2650
contactors.
contactors.
contactors.
(2) (2) C
(2)
55 55
for
55
Cmini
C
forfor
mini
contactors
mini
contactors
contactors
and AF400
andandAF400
AF400
... AF2650
... ...
AF2650
AF2650
contactors.
contactors.
contactors.
4-pole
4-pole 4-pole
4-pole 4-pole
4-pole
Main
Main
Main
accessories
accessories
accessories
IEC IEC AC-15AC-15
Rated
Rated
operational
operational current 400 400
current V V A A 3 3 3 3 3 3
Auxiliary
Auxiliary
Auxiliary
contact
contact
contact
blocks
blocks
blocks FrontFront
mounting
Front
mounting
mounting CAF6
CAF6
CAF6 CA3-10
CA3-10
CA3-10
(1 x N.O.),
(1 x(1N.O.),
x N.O.), CA4-10
CA4-10
CA4-10
(1 x N.O.)
(1 x(1N.O.)
x N.O.)
CA3-01
CA3-01
CA3-01
(1 x N.C.)
(1 x(1N.C.)
x N.C.) CA4-01
CA4-01
CA4-01
(1 x N.C.)
(1 x(1N.C.)
x N.C.) UL/CSA
UL/CSAPilotPilot
duty duty A600
A600 A600,
A600,
Q300
Q300 A600,
A600,
Q600
Q600
SideSide
mounting
Side
mounting
mounting CA6CA6
CA6 CAL4-11
CAL4-11
CAL4-11
(1 x N.O.
(1 x(1
+N.O.
1x xN.O.
N.C.)
+ 1 +x 1N.C.)
x N.C.) CAL19-11
CAL19-11
CAL19-11
(1 x N.O.
(1 x(1
+N.O.
1x xN.O.
N.C.)
+ 1 +x 1N.C.)
x N.C.) CAL18-11
CAL18-11
CAL18-11
(1 x N.O.
(1 x(1
+N.O.
1x xN.O.
N.C.)
+ 1 +x 1N.C.)
x N.C.)
Timers
Timers
Timers Electronic
Electronic
Electronic TEF3-ON
TEF3-ON
TEF3-ON TEF4-ON
TEF4-ON
TEF4-ON 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 4 0 4 0 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 4 0 4 0 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 4 0 4 0
TEF3-OFF
TEF3-OFF
TEF3-OFF TEF4-OFF
TEF4-OFF
TEF4-OFF
Interlocking
Interlocking
Interlocking
units (3) (3)(3)
units
units Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical VM3VM3
VM3 VM4VM4
VM4 VM96-4
VM96-4
VM96-4 VM19
VM19
VM19
(for same
(for(for
same
sizesame
contactors)
sizesize
contactors)
contactors) VM750H
VM750H
VM750H VM1650H
VM1650H
VM1650H
AC Control
AC Control
supply
supply TypeType
K6-22Z
K6-22ZK6-31Z
K6-31ZK6-40E
K6-40E NS22E
NS22E NS31E
NS31E NS40E
NS40E NF22E
NF22E NF31E
NF31E NF40E
NF40E
VM750V
VM750V
VM750V
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
/ Electrical
/ Electrical
/ Electrical VEM4
VEM4
VEM4
Connection
Connection
Connection
setssets
sets For reversing
ForFor
reversing
reversing
contactors
contactors
contactors BSM6-30
BSM6-30
BSM6-30 BER16C-3
BER16C-3
BER16C-3 BER16-4
BER16-4
BER16-4 BER38-4
BER38-4
BER38-4 BER65-4
BER65-4
BER65-4 BER96-4
BER96-4
BER96-4 BER140-4
BER140-4
BER140-4 BER205-4
BER205-4
BER205-4 BER370-4
BER370-4
BER370-4 BEM460-30
BEM460-30
BEM460-30 BEM750-30
BEM750-30
BEM750-30 DC DC
Control
Control
supply
supply TypeType
KC6-22Z
KC6-22Z
KC6-31Z
KC6-31Z
KC6-40E
KC6-40E NSL22E
NSL22E NSL31E
NSL31E NSL40E
NSL40E NF22E
NF22E NF31E
NF31E NF40E
NF40E
Surge
Surge
Surge
suppressors
suppressors
suppressors Varistor
Varistor
Varistor
(AC /(AC
DC)
(AC
/ DC)
/ DC) RV-BC6
RV-BC6
RV-BC6 RV5RV5RV5
(24440
(24440
(24440
V) V) V) Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
surgesurge
surge
protection
protection
protection
RC type
RCRCtype
(AC)
type
(AC)
(AC) RC5-1
RC5-1
RC5-1
(24440
(24440
(24440
V) V) V)
AC /AC
DC/ DC
Control
Control
supply
supply TypeType
NF22E
NF22E NF31E
NF31E NF40E
NF40E
Transil
Transil
Transil
diodediode
(DC)
diode
(DC)
(DC) RD7RD7
RD7 RT5RT5RT5
(12264
(12264
(12264
V) V) V)
(3) See
(3) (3)
available
SeeSee
available
available
reversing
reversing
reversing
contactors
contactors
contactors
VB6,VB6,
VB7
VB6,
VB7
andVB7
VAS09
and
and
VAS09
VAS09
... VAS16.
... ...
VAS16.
VAS16.
R Rcontactors
contactors
Overload
Overload
Overload
relays
relays
relays
Thermal
Thermal
Thermal
relays
relays
relays ClassClass
10
Class
10 10 T16T16T16
(0.1016
(0.1016
(0.1016
A) A) A) T16T16 T16
(0.1016
(0.1016
(0.1016
A) A) A) TF42
TF42
TF42
(0.1038
(0.1038
(0.1038
A) A) A) TF65
TF65
TF65
(22...67
(22...67
A)(22...67
A) A) TF96
TF96
TF96
(40...96
(40...96
A)(40...96
A) A) TF140DU
TF140DU
TF140DU
(66...142
(66...142
A)
(66...142
A) A) TA200DU
TA200DU
TA200DU
(66...200
(66...200
(66...200
A) A) A)
DCDC
Circuit
Circuit
switching
switching AC AC
Circuit
Circuit
switching
switching Special
Special
versions
versions
(Class(Class
10A
(Class
for10A
TF140,
10A
for for
TF140,
TA200DU)
TF140,
TA200DU)
TA200DU) 55C
55 C
55 C 55C
55 C
55 C
DC-1DC-1
Rated
Rated
current
current
up toup5000
to 5000
A A AC-1AC-1
Rated
Rated
current
current
up toup5000
to 5000
A A AC /AC
DC/ Coupling:
DC Coupling:
LOR..
LOR..
contactors
contactors
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
relays
relays
relays ClassClass
10E,
Class
10E,
20E,
10E,
20E,
30E
20E,
30E
30E E16DU
E16DU
E16DU
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
A) A) A) EF19
EF19
EF19
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
A) A) A) EF19
EF19
EF19
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
(0.1018.9
A) A) A) EF65
EF65
EF65
(20...70
(20...70
A)(20...70
A) A) EF96
EF96
EF96
(36...100
(36...100
(36...100
A) A) A) EF146
EF146
EF146
(54...150
(54...150
(54...150
A) A) A) EF205
EF205
EF205
(63...210 A) A) A) EF370
(63...210
(63...210 EF370
EF370
(115...380
(115...380
(115...380
A) A) A) EF460
EF460
EF460
(150500
(150500
(150500
A) A) A) EF750
EF750
EF750
(250800
(250800
(250800
A) A) A) E1250DU
E1250DU
E1250DU
(3751250
(3751250
(3751250
A) A) A) DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
Rated
Rated
current
current
up toup2000
to 2000
A A AC-3AC-3
Rated
Rated
powerpower
up toup1500
to 1500
kW kW
IOR..IOR..
63-..-CC to IOR..
63-..-CC to IOR..
5100-..-CC
5100-..-CC IOR..IOR..
63-..-MT to IOR..
63-..-MT to IOR..
5100-..-MT
5100-..-MT AC /AC
DC/ Switching
DC Switching
(N.C./N.O.
(N.C./N.O.
mainmain
poles):
poles):
NORNOR
& JOR& JOR
contactors
contactors
Manual
Manual
Manual
motor
motor
motor
starters
starters
starters Short-circuit
Short-circuit
Short-circuit
protection
protection
protection
devices
devices
devices Latching
Latching
contactors
contactors
for energy
for energy
saving
saving
Thermal
Thermal
Thermal
/ magnetic
/ magnetic
/ magnetic
protection
protection
protection MS116 MS116
MS116
(0.1032
(0.1032
(0.1032
A) A) A) MS116
MS116
MS116
(0.10...32
(0.10...32
(0.10...32
A) A) A) MS165
MS165
MS165
(10...65
(10...65
A)(10...65
A) A) MS5100
MS5100
MS5100
(40100
(40100
(40100 MCCB
A) A) A) MCCB
MCCB
andand
switch-fuses
and
switch-fuses
switch-fuses and and
safety
safety
requirements:
requirements:
AMAAMA
or AME
or AME
contactors
contactors
Class
Class
Class
10 1010 Ics upIcs
to Ics
50
up kAto
up50
for
to kA
50
class
kA
for for
10A
class
class
10A10A lcs uplcs
to lcs
50
up kA
to
up50
for
to kA
50
class
kA
for for
10A
class
class
10A10A lcs uplcs
to lcs
100
up to
up
kA100
to(5)100
kA kA
(5) (5) Ics upIcs
to Ics
50
up kA
to
up50
to kA
50 kA
MS132 MS132
MS132 (0.1032
(0.1032
(0.1032
A) A) A) MS132
MS132
MS132
(0.10...32
(0.10...32
(0.10...32
A) A) A) MS495
MS495
MS495
(45100
(45100
(45100
A) A) A)
Ics upIcs
to Ics
100
up to
up
kA100
to 100
kA kA lcs uplcs
to lcs
100
up to
up
kA100
to 100
kA kA Ics upIcs
to Ics
50
up kA
to
up50
to kA
50 kA
control
Ics upIcs
to Ics
100
up to
up
kA100
to 100
kA kA lcs uplcs
to lcs
100
up to
up
kA100
to(5)100
kA kA
(5) (5) Ics upIcs
to Ics
36
up kA
to
up36
to kA
36 kA Capacitor
Capacitor
switching
switching DCDC
Circuit
Circuit
switching
switching
tactors
Ics up Ics
to 100
Ics
up to
up
kA100
to 100
kA kA 12.512.5
to 80tokvar
80 kvar 100 100
A, 440
A, 440
V, DC-1
V, DC-1 275 275
to 2050
to 2050
A, 1000
A, 1000
V, DC-1
V, DC-1
Main catalog MO495
MO495
MO495
Manual mo d relays
(5) MS165/MO165
(5) (5)
MS165/MO165
MS165/MO165
are suitable
areare
suitable
suitable
for use
forfor
with
useuse
with
AF09
with
AF09
...AF09
AF30
... ...
AF30
for
AF30
North
forfor
North
american
North
american
american
applications.
applications.
applications.
rloa
Panorama | ABB | Panorama
ABBABB | Panorama
and ove
ABB | 9/1
Contact us
ABB Note